AMERICAN PACIFIC CORP
10-K, 1999-12-07
INDUSTRIAL INORGANIC CHEMICALS
Previous: TECO ENERGY INC, 8-K, 1999-12-07
Next: MASSACHUSETTS INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY, 13F-HR, 1999-12-07



<PAGE>

                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

                            Washington, D.C. 20549

                                   FORM 10-K

             ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE
                        SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                 For the Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 1999
                         Commission File Number 1-8137

                          AMERICAN PACIFIC CORPORATION
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

              Delaware                            59-6490478
     (State or other jurisdiction               (IRS Employer
           of incorporation)                  Identification No.)

     3770 Howard Hughes Parkway, Suite 300,
     Las Vegas, Nevada                               89109
     (Address of principal executive office)       (ZipCode)

                                (702) 735-2200
             (Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

       Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  None

         Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
                         Common Stock ($.10 ar value)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was
required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days.

               Yes  X                              No ______
                   ----

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K.  ( )

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the
registrant as of December 1, 1999, was approximately $52.2 million.  Solely for
the purposes of this calculation, shares held by directors and officers of the
Registrant have been excluded.  Such exclusion should not be deemed a
determination by the Registrant that such individuals are, in fact, affiliates
of the Registrant.

The number of shares of Common Stock, $.10 par value, outstanding as of December
1, 1999 was 7,808,137.

                                       1
<PAGE>

                      DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Part III Hereof

  Definitive Proxy Statement for 2000 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed
not later than January 28, 2000.

Part IV Hereof

  S-14 Registration Statement (2-70830); Annual Reports on Forms 10-K for the
years ended September 30, 1997, 1995, 1994 and 1993; S-2 Registration Statement
(33-36664); Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarters ended June
30, 1999, December 31, 1998 and March 31, 1998; Form 8-A dated August 6, 1999;
S-3 Registration Statement (33-52196); S-8 Registration Statement (333-53449);
S-4 Registration Statement (333-49883) and Current Reports on Forms 8-K dated
February 28, 1992, February 19, 1998 and November 9, 1999.

                                       2
<PAGE>

                                    PART I

Item 1. Business
- ----------------

  American Pacific Corporation (the "Company") is principally engaged in the
production of a specialty chemical, ammonium perchlorate ("AP"), which is used
as an oxidizing agent in composite solid propellants for rockets, booster motors
and missiles.  AP is employed in the Space Shuttle, the U.S. military's Titan
missile, the Delta family of commercial rockets and most other solid fuel rocket
motors.  AP customers include contractors of the National Aeronautics and Space
Administration ("NASA"), the Department of Defense ("DOD") and certain
commercial rocket programs used to launch satellites for communication,
navigation, intelligence gathering, space exploration, weather forecasting and
environmental monitoring.

  The Company also produces a variety of other specialty chemicals and
environmental protection equipment for niche applications, including: (i) sodium
azide, used in the inflation of automotive airbags; (ii) Halotron(TM) products,
used to extinguish fires; and (iii) water treatment equipment, used to disinfect
effluents from sewage treatment and industrial facilities and for the treatment
of seawater.  In addition, the Company has interests in two real estate assets
in the Las Vegas, Nevada area, consisting of approximately 80 remaining acres of
undeveloped land in an industrial park and a 50% interest in a master-planned
residential community on approximately 320 acres.

  On March 12, 1998, the Company sold $75.0 million principal amount of
unsecured senior notes (the "Notes"), consummated an acquisition (the
"Acquisition") of certain assets from Kerr-McGee Chemical Corporation ("Kerr-
McGee") described below and repurchased the remaining $25.0 million principal
amount outstanding of subordinated secured notes (the "Azide Notes").

  The Company is a party to agreements with Dynamit Nobel A.G., of Germany
("Dynamit Nobel") relating to the production and sale of sodium azide, the
principal component of a gas generant used in automotive airbag systems.
Dynamit Nobel licensed to the Company, on an exclusive basis for the North
American market, its technology and know-how in the production of sodium azide,
and provided technical support for the design, construction and start-up of the
Company's sodium azide facility.  The Company commenced commercial sales of
sodium azide in fiscal 1994.  In January 1996, the Company filed an antidumping
petition with the United States International Trade Commission ("ITC") and the
United States Department of Commerce ("Commerce") in response to the unlawful
pricing practices of Japanese producers of sodium azide.  In the fourth quarter
of fiscal 1997, the Company recognized an impairment charge of $52.6 million
relating to the fixed assets used in the production of sodium azide.  See
"Sodium Azide - Market" and "Sodium Azide - Competition."

  In February 1992, the Company acquired (by exercise of an option previously
granted to it) the worldwide rights to Halotron(TM), a fire suppression system
that includes chemical compounds and application technology intended to replace
halons, which have been found to be ozone layer-depleting chemicals.
Halotron(TM) has applications as a fire suppression agent for military,
commercial and industrial uses.

  See Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company for
financial information concerning the Company's operating segments.  The
Company's perchlorate chemicals accounted for approximately 67%, 67% and 52% of
revenues during the years ended September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.
The term "Company" used herein includes, where the context requires, one or more
of the direct and indirect subsidiaries or divisions of American Pacific
Corporation.

                                       3
<PAGE>

Specialty Chemicals

Ammonium Perchlorate

Strategy

  The Company's strategy is to become the leading world-wide producer of AP and
other perchlorate chemicals and derivatives.  Upon consummation of the
Acquisition, the Company effectively became the only North American producer of
AP.

Market

  AP is the sole oxidizing agent for solid fuel rockets, booster motors and
missiles used in space exploration, commercial satellite transportation and
national defense programs. A significant number of existing and planned launch
vehicles providing access to space use solid fuel and thus depend, in part, upon
AP. Many of the rockets and missiles used in national defense programs are also
powered by solid fuel.

  The Company has supplied AP for use in space programs for over 30 years
beginning with the Titan program in the early 1960s.  Today, its principal space
customers are Thiokol Propulsion, a division of Cordant Technologies Inc.
("Thiokol") for the Space Shuttle Program, and Alliant Techsystems, Inc.
("Alliant") for the Delta family of commercial rockets and the Titan program.
The Company's AP is also used in rockets that launch satellites for
communications, navigation, intelligence gathering, space exploration, weather
forecasting and environmental monitoring.  The Company is a qualified supplier
of AP to a number of defense programs, including the Navy Standard Missile,
Patriot, and Multiple Launch Rocket System programs.

  Demand for AP has declined steadily over the past five years but appears to
have leveled off recently on a worldwide basis at approximately 20.0 to 25.0
million pounds annually.  Supply capacity was substantially in excess of these
demand levels.  In an attempt to rationalize the AP industry, the Company
consummated the Acquisition with Kerr-McGee.  See "Ammonium Perchlorate - Kerr-
McGee Acquisition."

Customers

  Prospective purchasers of AP consist principally of contractors in programs of
NASA and the DOD.  As a practical matter, the specialized nature of the
activities of these contractors restricts competitive entry by others.
Therefore, there are relatively few potential customers for AP, and individual
AP customers account for a significant portion of the Company's revenues.
Prospective customers also include companies providing commercial satellite
launch services and agencies of foreign governments and their contractors,
although historically sales to foreign agencies and their contractors have not
accounted for significant percentages of AP sales.  See "Competition."

  Thiokol accounted for 35%, 39% and 35% of the Company's revenues during fiscal
1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.  Alliant accounted for approximately 14%, 16%
and 10% of the Company's revenues during fiscal 1999, 1998 and 1997,
respectively.

  Thiokol Agreement

  In connection with the Acquisition, the Company entered into an agreement with
Thiokol with respect to the supply of AP through the year 2008.  The agreement,
which was contingent upon consummation of the Acquisition, provides that during
its term Thiokol will make all of its AP purchases from the Company.  The
agreement also establishes a pricing matrix under which AP unit prices vary
inversely with the quantity of AP sold by the Company to all of its customers.
In addition to the AP purchased from the Company, Thiokol may use AP inventoried
by it in prior years and AP recycled by it from certain existing solid rocket
motors.

                                       4
<PAGE>

  Alliant Agreement

  In connection with the Acquisition, the Company entered into an agreement with
Alliant to extend an existing agreement through the year 2008.  The agreement
establishes prices for any AP purchased by Alliant from the Company during the
term of the agreement as extended.  Under this agreement, Alliant agrees to use
its efforts to cause the Company's AP to be qualified on all new and current
programs served by Alliant's Bacchus Works.

Backlog

  As of October 31, 1999, the Company had a backlog of approximately $35.2
million for delivery of perchlorate chemicals in fiscal 2000.

Manufacturing Capacity and Process

  Production of AP at the Company's current manufacturing facility in Iron
County, Utah commenced in July 1989.  This facility, as currently configured, is
capable of producing 30.0 million pounds of AP annually and is readily
expandable to 40.0 million pounds annually.  The Company also produces
commercial quantities of various forms of other perchlorate chemicals at this
facility.  AP produced at the facility and propellants incorporating such AP
have qualified for use in all NASA and DOD programs for which testing has been
conducted, including the Space Shuttle, Titan, Minuteman and Delta programs.

  The Company's AP facility is designed to site particular components of the
manufacturing process in discrete areas of the facility.  It incorporates modern
equipment and materials-handling systems designed, constructed and operated in
accordance with the operating and safety requirements of the Company's AP
customers, insurance carriers and governmental authorities.

  AP is manufactured by electrochemical processes using the Company's
proprietary technology.  The principal raw materials used in the manufacture of
AP (other than electrical energy) are salt, ammonia and hydrochloric acid.  All
of the raw materials used in the AP manufacturing process are available in
commercial quantities, and the Company has had no difficulty in obtaining
necessary raw materials.  Prices paid by the Company for raw materials have been
relatively stable, with no discernible long-term price fluctuations.

  The Company's AP production requires substantial amounts of electric power.
The Company is a party to an agreement with Utah Power & Light Company ("UPL")
for its electrical requirements at its AP facility.  The Company's agreement
with UPL provides for the supply of power for a minimum 10-year period, which
began in 1988, and obligates the Company to purchase minimum amounts of power,
while assuring the Company competitive pricing for its electricity needs for the
duration of the agreement.  The agreement has a three year notice of termination
provision and, on April 7, 1999, UPL provided written notice of termination
effective April 7, 2002.  The Company is in the process of negotiating for its
expected power requirements beyond April 7, 2002.

Competition

  Upon consummation of the Acquisition, the Company effectively became the sole
North American producer of AP.  The Company is aware of production capacity for
AP at a plant in France and a plant in Japan.  Although the Company has limited
information with respect to these plants, the Company believes that these
foreign AP producers operate low volume, high cost production facilities and are
not approved as AP suppliers for NASA or DOD programs, which represent the
majority of domestic AP demand.  In addition, the Company believes that the
rigorous and sometimes costly NASA and DOD program qualification process, the
strategic nature of such programs, the high cost of constructing an AP facility,
and the Company's established relationships with key customers constitute
significant hurdles to entry for prospective competitors.

                                       5
<PAGE>

Kerr-McGee Acquisition

  On March 12, 1998 (the "Closing Date"), the Company acquired, pursuant to a
purchase agreement (the "Purchase Agreement") with Kerr-McGee, certain
intangible assets related to Kerr-McGee's production of AP (the "Rights") for a
purchase price of $39.0 million.  The Acquisition did not include Kerr-McGee's
production facilities (the "Production Facilities") and certain water and power
supply agreements used by Kerr-McGee in the production of AP.  Under the
Purchase Agreement, Kerr-McGee ceased the production and sale of AP, although
the Production Facilities may continue to be used by Kerr-McGee for production
of AP under certain limited circumstances described below.  Under the Purchase
Agreement, Kerr-McGee reserved a perpetual, royalty-free, nonexclusive license
to use any of the technology forming part of the Rights as may be necessary or
useful to use, repair or sell the Production Facilities (the "Reserved
License").

  Under the Purchase Agreement, Kerr-McGee reserved the right to process and
sell certain reclaimed AP that is not suitable for use in solid fuel rocket
motors (the "Reclaimed Product"), and to produce and sell AP (i) to fulfill
orders scheduled for delivery after the closing, subject to making payments to
the Company with respect to such orders, as provided in the Purchase Agreement
and (ii) in the event of the Company's inability to meet customer demand or
requirements, breach of the Purchase Agreement or termination of the Company's
AP business.

  The Purchase Agreement provides that, together with the Reserved License,
Kerr-McGee is permitted in its discretion to (i) lease, sell, dismantle,
demolish and/or scrap all or any portion of the Production Facilities, (ii)
retain the Production Facilities for manufacture of Reclaimed Product and (iii)
maintain the Production Facilities in a "standby" or "mothballed" condition so
they will be capable of being used to produce AP under the limited circumstances
referred to above.

  Under the Purchase Agreement, Kerr-McGee has agreed to indemnify the Company
against loss or liability from claims associated with the ownership and use of
the Rights prior to consummation of the Acquisition or resulting from any breach
of its warranties, representations and covenants.  The Company has agreed to
indemnify Kerr-McGee against loss and liability from claims associated with the
ownership and use of the Rights after consummation of the Acquisition or
resulting from any breach of its warranties, representations and covenants.  In
addition, Kerr-McGee has agreed that it will, at the Company's request,
introduce the Company to AP customers that are not currently customers of the
Company and consult with the Company regarding the production and marketing of
AP. The Company has agreed that, at Kerr-McGee's request, it will use reasonable
efforts to market Reclaimed Product on Kerr-McGee's behalf for up to three years
following consummation of the Acquisition.

  The Company has determined that a business was not acquired in the Acquisition
and that the Rights acquired have no independent value to the Company apart from
the overall benefit of the transaction that, as a result thereof, Kerr-McGee has
ceased production of AP (except in the limited circumstances referred to above),
thereby leaving the Company as the sole North American supplier of AP.  Since
they have no independent value to the Company, the Company has assigned no value
to the Rights and assigned the entire purchase price to an unidentified
intangible asset.  The Company is amortizing the purchase price for the
unidentified intangible over ten years, the length of the terms of the pricing
agreements with its two principal AP customers referred to above.

Financing

  On March 12, 1998, the Company sold $75.0 million in Notes.  A portion of the
net proceeds ($39.0 million) was used to effect the Acquisition.  The Notes
mature on March 1, 2005.  Interest on the Notes is paid in cash at a rate of 9-
1/4% per annum on each March 1 and September 1, which commenced September 1,
1998.  The indebtedness evidenced by the Notes represents a senior unsecured
obligation of the Company,

                                       6
<PAGE>

ranks pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future senior
indebtedness of the Company and is senior in right of payment to all future
subordinated indebtedness of the Company. The Indenture under which the Notes
were issued contains various limitations and restrictions including (i) change
in control provisions, (ii) limitations on indebtedness and (iii) limitations on
restricted payments such as dividends, stock repurchases and investments.
Management believes the Company has complied with these limitations and
restrictions. In April 1998, the Company filed a Form S-4 registration statement
with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the purpose of effecting the
exchange of the Notes for identical Notes registered for resale under the
federal securities laws. The exchange offer was consummated on August 28, 1998.
The Company repurchased and retired $3.0 million and $5.0 million in principal
amount of Notes in fiscal 1999 and 1998, respectively.

  A portion of the net proceeds from sale of the Notes was applied to repurchase
the Azide Notes (described below) for approximately $28.2 million (approximately
113% of the outstanding principal amount thereof).  In connection with the
repurchase, the Company recognized an extraordinary loss on debt extinguishment
of approximately $5.0 million.  The extraordinary loss consisted of the cash
premium paid of $3.2 million upon repurchase and a charge of $1.8 million to
write off the unamortized balance of debt issue and discount costs.

Sodium Azide

Sodium Azide Facility

  In July 1990, the Company entered into agreements (the "Azide Agreements")
pursuant to which Dynamit Nobel has licensed to the Company on an exclusive
basis for the North American market its most advanced technology and know-how
for the production of sodium azide, the principal component of the gas generant
used in certain automotive airbag safety systems.  In addition, Dynamit Nobel
provided technical support for the design, construction and startup of the
facility.  The facility was constructed on land owned by the Company in Iron
County, Utah for its owner and operator, American Azide Corporation ("AAC"), a
wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of the Company, and has an annual design
capacity of 6.0 million pounds.

Financing

  On February 21, 1992, the Company concluded a $40.0 million financing for the
design, construction and startup of the sodium azide facility through the sale
of the Azide Notes (11% noncallable subordinated secured term notes).  As
described above, on March 12, 1998, the Company repurchased the remaining $25.0
million principal amount outstanding of the Azide Notes with funds obtained
through the issuance of the Notes.  In connection with the issuance of the Azide
Notes, the Company issued Warrants ("the Warrants") to the purchasers of the
Azide Notes, which are exercisable for a 10-year period on or after December 31,
1993, to purchase shares of the Company's Common Stock.  The exercise price of
the Warrants is $14.00 per share.  At a $14.00 per share exercise price,
2,857,000 shares could be purchased under the Warrants.  The Warrants contain
additional provisions for a reduction in exercise price in the event that the
Company issues or is deemed to issue stock, rights to purchase stock or
convertible debt at a price less than the exercise price in effect, or in the
event of certain stock dividends or in the event of stock splits, mergers or
similar transactions.  The Warrants are exercisable, at the option of their
holders, to purchase up to 20% of the Common Stock of AAC, rather than the
Company's Common Stock.  In the event of such an election, the exercise price of
the Warrants will be based upon a pro rata share of AAC's capital, adjusted for
earnings and losses, plus interest from the date of contribution.

  The holders of the Warrants had certain put rights that required the holders
to deliver to the Secretary of the Company a written request (a "Put Notice") at
least ninety days prior to a Put Purchase Date (a defined term in the Warrants).
Since the last available Put Purchase Date under the Warrants is December 31,
1999, and the Company has received no Put Notices, the put rights under the
Warrants have effectively expired. On or after December 31, 1999, the Company
may call up to 50% of the Warrants at prices that would provide a 30% internal
rate of return to the holders thereof through the date of call (inclusive of the
Azide Notes' yield).

                                       7
<PAGE>

The holders of the Warrants were also granted the right to require that the
Common Stock underlying the Warrants be registered under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, on one occasion, as well as certain incidental registration
rights.

Market

  A number of firms have devoted extensive efforts for at least 25 years to the
development of automotive airbag safety systems.  These efforts have resulted in
the acceptance by the automobile industry and the consuming public of an
inflator for automotive airbags that initially was based principally upon sodium
azide, combined in tablet or granule form with limited amounts of other
materials.  Recently, however, other inflator technologies have been
commercially developed that have rapidly gained market share.

  The Company expects demand for airbag systems in North America and worldwide
to increase although the level of demand for sodium azide will depend, in part,
upon the penetration of competing inflator technologies that are not based upon
the use of sodium azide.  Based principally upon market information received
from inflator manufacturers, the Company expects sodium azide use to decline
significantly and that inflators using sodium azide will ultimately be phased
out.

  The Company initially believed that demand for sodium azide in North America
and the world would substantially exceed existing manufacturing capacity and
announced expansions or new facilities (including the AAC plant) by the 1994
model year (which for sodium azide sales purposes was the period June 1993
through May 1994).  Currently, demand for sodium azide is substantially less
than supply on a worldwide basis.  The Company believes this is the result of
previous capacity expansions by producers coupled with declining demand,
although the Company's information with respect to competitors' existing or
planned capacity is limited.  By reason of this highly competitive market
environment, and other factors discussed below, sodium azide prices decreased
significantly in the mid 1990's.

  The Company believes that the price erosion of sodium azide has been due, in
part, to unlawful pricing procedures of Japanese sodium azide producers.  In
response to such practices, in January 1996, the Company filed an antidumping
petition with the International Trade Commission ("ITC") and the Department of
Commerce ("Commerce").  In August 1996, Commerce issued a preliminary
determination that Japanese imports of sodium azide have been sold in the United
States at prices that are significantly below fair value.  Commerce's
preliminary dumping determination applied to all Japanese imports of sodium
azide, regardless of end-use.  Commerce's preliminary determination followed a
March 1996 preliminary determination by ITC that dumped Japanese imports have
caused material injury to the U.S. sodium azide industry.

  On January 7, 1997, the anti-dumping investigation initiated by Commerce,
based upon the Company's petition, against the three Japanese producers of
sodium azide was suspended by agreement.  It is the Company's understanding
that, by reason of the Suspension Agreement, two of the three Japanese sodium
azide producers have ceased their exports of sodium azide to the United States
for an indeterminate period.  As to the third and largest Japanese sodium azide
producer, which has not admitted any prior unlawful conduct, the Suspension
Agreement requires that it make all necessary price revisions to eliminate all
United States sales at below "Normal Value," and that it conform to the
requirements of sections 732 and 733 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended, in
connection with its future sales of sodium azide in the United States.

  The Suspension Agreement contemplates a cost-based determination of "Normal
Value" and establishes reporting and verification procedures to assure
compliance.  Accordingly, the minimum pricing for sodium azide sold in the
United States by the remaining Japanese producer will be based primarily on its
actual costs, and may be affected by changes in the relevant exchange rates.

                                       8
<PAGE>

  Finally, the Suspension Agreement provides that it may be terminated by any
party on 60 days' notice, in which event the anti-dumping proceeding would be
re-instituted at the stage to which it had advanced at the time the Suspension
Agreement became effective.

Customers

  In May 1997 the Company entered into a three-year agreement with Autoliv ASP,
Inc. ("Autoliv") to supply sodium azide used by Autoliv in the manufacture of
automotive airbags.  Deliveries under the agreement commenced in July 1997.  The
agreement has been extended an additional six months through December 31, 2000.
Autoliv accounted for approximately 17%, 19% and 28% of the Company's revenues
during fiscal 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.  The Company is also qualified
to supply sodium azide to TRW, Inc. ("TRW"), the other major supplier of airbag
inflators in the United States, but TRW's requirements are supplied by
competitors of the Company.

Competition

  According to public announcements, a Canadian facility ceased the production
of commercial quantities of sodium azide in the summer of 1998.  The Company
believes that current competing production capacity includes one producer in
Japan and at least three producers in India.  In addition, idle capacity is
available and it is possible that domestic or foreign entities will seek to
develop additional sodium azide production facilities in North America.
However, the Company believes that the reduced level of demand and the
underutilization of existing production facilities makes this unlikely.

  The Company incurred significant operating losses in its sodium azide
operation in the 1997 fiscal year and prior fiscal years.  Sodium azide
performance improved in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1997, principally as a
result of additional sodium azide deliveries under the Autoliv agreement
referred to above.  However, even though performance improved, management's view
of the economics of the sodium azide market changed during the fourth quarter of
fiscal 1997.  One major inflator manufacturer announced the acquisition of non-
azide based inflator technology and that it intended to be in the market with
this new technology by model year 1999.  In addition, although the Company had
achieved significant gains in market share that appeared to relate to the
Company's anti-dumping petition and the Suspension Agreement, management
believed that the effects of the anti-dumping petition were likely fully
incorporated into the sodium azide market by the end of fiscal 1997.
Recognizing that the uncertainties respecting the market and discussed above
continued to exist, during the fourth quarter of fiscal 1997, management
concluded that the cash flows associated with sodium azide operations would not
be sufficient to recover the Company's investment in sodium azide related fixed
assets.  As quoted market prices were not available, the present value of
estimated future cash flows was used to estimate the fair value of sodium azide
fixed assets.  Under the requirements of Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards ("SFAS") No. 121, and as a result of this valuation technique, an
impairment charge of $52.6 million was recognized in the fourth quarter of
fiscal 1997.  (See Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the
Company.)

Azide Agreements

  Under the Azide Agreements, Dynamit Nobel was to receive, for the use of its
technology and know-how relating to its batch production process of
manufacturing sodium azide, quarterly royalty payments of 5% of the quarterly
net sales of sodium azide by AAC for a period of 15 years from the date the
Company begins to produce sodium azide in commercial quantities.  The Company
and Dynamit Nobel agreed to suspend the royalty payment effective as of July 1,
1995.

                                       9
<PAGE>

Halotron(TM)

  Halotron(TM) is a fire suppression system designed to replace halons, which
are chemicals that were widely used as fire suppression agents in military,
industrial, and commercial applications.  The impetus for the invention of
Halotron(TM) was the discovery during the 1980s that halons are highly
destructive to the stratospheric ozone layer, which acts as a shield against
harmful solar ultraviolet radiation.

Use of Halons

  Halons are used throughout the world in modalities that range from hand-held
fire extinguishers to extensively engineered aircraft installations, but which
are generally of two types, streaming and flooding systems.  Streaming systems
rely upon the focused projection of a slowly gasifying liquid over distances of
up to 50 feet from the point of projection.  Flooding systems release a quickly
gasifying liquid into a confined space, rendering inert a combustible atmosphere
and extinguishing any ongoing combustion.  Halon 1211, principally a streaming
agent, is used on aircraft and aircraft flightlines, on small boats and ships
and in chemically clean rooms and laboratories, other commercial and industrial
facilities, including those in the lumber and petroleum industries, offices and
residences.  Its worldwide production peaked in 1988 at 19,000 metric tons.
Halon 1301, principally a flooding agent, protects such installations as
computer, electronic and equipment rooms, ship and other engine room spaces,
petroleum handling stations and repositories of literature and cultural
heritage.  Its worldwide production peaked in 1988 at 12,500 metric tons.

Customers and Market

  The end-user market for halons and consequently, Halotron(TM), is divided into
several segments.  The government segment consists of the armed services and
other agencies, including the Department of Energy, NASA and governmental
offices, laboratories and data processing centers.  Historically, military
applications have predominated in this segment, and it is the military that has
taken the lead in research for halon replacements, both in streaming and in
flooding applications.  It will be critical to the Company's efforts to market
Halotron(TM) to the military that military specifications for the procurement of
halon replacements include Halotron(TM).  The Company is not aware of any
military specifications for halon replacements that have been issued to date.

  Commercial market segments include fire critical industries such as utilities,
telecommunications firms, the oil and gas exploration and production industry,
lumbering, ocean transport and commercial aviation.  Other market segments
include other business organizations and small users that typically follow
selections made by the industry users described above.

  The Company's efforts to produce, market and sell Halotron(TM) are dependent
upon the political climate and environmental regulations that exist and may vary
from country to country.  The magnitude of future orders received, if any, will
be dependent to a large degree upon political issues and environmental
regulations that are not within the Company's control, as well as additional
testing and qualification in certain jurisdictions, governmental budgetary
constraints and the ultimate market acceptance of these new products.

  Halotron(TM) I, the first phase of Halotron(TM), has been extensively and
successfully tested.  In 1993, Halotron(TM) I was approved by the United States
Environmental Protection Agency (the "EPA") as a replacement agent for Halon
1211 (the principal halon currently in use).  During 1995, the Federal Aviation
Administration ("FAA") approved Halotron(TM) I as an acceptable airport
firefighting agent, concluding that Halotron(TM) I will suppress or extinguish
fire in the same manner as halon.

  The Company, together with Amerex Corporation ("Amerex"), Badger Fire
Protection, Inc. ("Badger") and Buckeye Fire Equipment Company ("Buckeye"), have
successfully completed Underwriters Laboratories' ("UL") fire tests for a number
of sizes of portable fire extinguishers using Halotron(TM) I.  Domestic
distribution of the

                                       10
<PAGE>

Buckeye Halotron(TM) extinguisher line began in early 1996. In May 1998, Amerex
began distribution of a line of UL listed portable fire extinguishers using
Halotron(TM) I. In June 1998, Badger also began distribution of a line of UL
listed portable fire extinguishers using Halotron(TM) I. The Company now has
three major domestic fire extinguisher companies manufacturing and distributing
UL listed portable fire extinguishers using Halotron(TM) I. The Company is also
marketing Halotron(TM) I to other domestic and international fire extinguisher
manufacturers.

  In August 1997, the Company completed a study, which concluded that the market
for halon substitutes anticipated by the Company when it entered into the
Halotron(TM) business in 1992 had not materialized and that the market for
"clean gas" substitutes for Halon 1211 would remain substantially smaller than
the peak use in 1988.  Although the study also concluded that the Company's
Halotron(TM) I product could command a significant percentage of this smaller
than anticipated market, there can be no assurance in that regard.  In order for
the Company to achieve and maintain market share for Halotron(TM) I and a long
term presence in the industry, it may be necessary for the Company to expend
considerable additional funds and effort in research and development.  Although
Halotron(TM) I has an Ozone Depletion Potential ("ODP") that is significantly
lower than that of halons and that meets current environmental standards,
potential users of halon replacements may eventually require a product with zero
ODP.  Environmental standards may also be expected to mandate this result.
Accordingly, the product life of Halotron(TM) I may be limited, and the Company
may be required to produce succeeding Halotron(TM) phases that can meet
increasingly stringent standards.  There can be no assurance that such phases
will be capable of production or that a competitor or competitors will not
develop fire suppression agents with comparable or superior qualities.

Competition

  Potential halon alternatives and substitutes will compete as to performance
characteristics, environmental effects and cost.  Performance characteristics
include throwability, visibility after application, after-fire damage, equipment
portability and versatility, low temperature performance, corrosion probability,
shelf life and efficiency.  The environmental effects include ODP, global
warming potential and toxicity.  Potential halon substitutes include water,
carbon dioxide and a variety of chemicals in liquid, foam and powder form.  It
is likely that competitors producing alternatives and substitutes will be
larger, will have experience in the production of fire suppressing chemicals and
systems and will have greater financial resources than those available to the
Company.  In 1996, Dupont introduced a new alternative fire extinguishing agent
called FE-36(TM), which is intended to replace Halon 1211.  Dupont claims that
FE-36(TM) meets application, performance, toxicity and environmental standards
as a Halon 1211 replacement.  In addition, there are currently no domestic use
restrictions on halon, so that potential customers for halon substitutes may
continue to use existing halon-based systems in their possession until the
supply is exhausted, which is believed to be a substantial period of time for
some users.

Halotron(TM) Agreement

  On August 30, 1991, the Company entered into an agreement (the "Halotron(TM)
Agreement") with the inventors of Halotron(TM) (the "Inventors"), granting the
Company the option (which was exercised in February, 1992) to acquire the
exclusive worldwide rights to manufacture and sell Halotron(TM).  The
Halotron(TM) Agreement provides for disclosure to the Company of all
confidential and proprietary information concerning Halotron(TM) I.  On February
26, 1992, the Company acquired the rights provided for in the Halotron(TM)
Agreement, gave notice to that effect to the Inventors, and exercised its
option.  In addition to the exclusive license to manufacture and sell
Halotron(TM) I, the rights acquired by the Company include rights under all
present and future patents relating to Halotron(TM) I throughout the world,
rights to related and follow-on products and technologies and product and
technology improvements, rights to reclaim, store and distribute halon and
rights to utilize the productive capacity of the Inventors' Swedish
manufacturing facility.  Upon exercise of the option, the Company paid the sum
of $0.7 million (the exercise price of $1.0 million, less advance payments
previously made) and subsequently paid the further total sum of $1.5 million in
monthly installments, commencing in March 1992.  A license agreement between the
Company and the Inventors of Halotron(TM) I provides for a royalty to the

                                       11
<PAGE>

Inventors of 5% of the Company's net sales of Halotron(TM) I over a period of 15
years (however, see below for a discussion of certain litigation associated with
the Inventors' rights to royalties).  In addition, the Company entered into
employment and consulting agreements with the Inventors which have since been
terminated.

  See Item 3. Legal Proceedings and Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial
Statements of the Company for a discussion of litigation associated with the
Halotron(TM) Agreement.

Halotron(TM) Facility

  The Company has designed and constructed a Halotron(TM) facility that has an
annual capacity of at least 6.0 million pounds, located on land owned by the
Company in Iron County, Utah.

Real Estate Assets

  The Company has interests in two real estate assets under development in Clark
County, Nevada: the Gibson Business Park and the Ventana Canyon joint venture
residential project.  The Company also owns 4,700 acres of land at the site of
its facility in Iron County, Utah that are dedicated to the Company's growth and
diversification.

  At September 30, 1999, the Company owned approximately 80 acres of improved
undeveloped land at the Gibson Business Park near Las Vegas, Nevada.  The
Company's land is held for sale.

  Ventana Canyon is a 320 acre master-planned community under development near
Las Vegas, Nevada.  The community is primarily residential in character,
contemplating single family detached homes, townhomes and apartment buildings.
The project is owned by Gibson Ranch Limited Liability Company ("GRLLC"), to
which the Company has contributed approximately 240 acres and an unrelated local
real estate development group (the "Developer") has contributed the remaining 80
acres.  The Developer is the managing member of GRLLC and manages the business
conducted by GRLLC.  Certain major decisions, such as increasing debt and
changes in the development plan or budget may be made only by a management
committee on which the Company is represented.  The property contributed by the
Company had a carrying value of approximately $12.3 million at the date of
contribution in 1993.

  The Company provides financing to the project under two revolving credit
facilities: (i) a $2.4 million facility with GRLLC (the "GRLLC Facility") and
(ii) a $1.7 million facility with the Developer (under which the Developer is
required to advance funds to GRLLC) (the "Developer Facility").  As of September
30, 1999, all of the funds previously advanced under these facilities had been
repaid.  The credit facilities remain in effect until the property is fully
developed.  The profits and losses of GRLLC will be split equally between the
Company and the Developer after the return of the advances and agreed upon
values for initial contributions of property.  The Company believes that
development and sale of the property will be completed by the end of calendar
2001, although no assurance can be given in this regard, and that most of the
cash flow that may be generated by the project will be received at or near the
end of the development and sale process.

Environmental Protection Equipment

  The Company designs, manufactures and markets systems for the control of
noxious odors, the disinfection of waste water streams and the treatment of
seawater.  Its OdorMaster(TM) systems eliminate odors from gases at sewage
treatment plants, composting sites and pumping stations and at chemical, food
processing and other industrial plants.  These systems, which use
electrochemical technology developed in the Company's specialty chemical
operations, chemically deodorize malodorous compounds in contaminated air.
Advanced OdorMaster(TM) systems place two or three scrubber towers in series to
treat complex odors, such as those

                                       12
<PAGE>

produced at sewage composting sites or in sewage sludge conditioning systems.
ChlorMaster(TM) Brine and Sea water systems utilize a similar process to
disinfect effluent at inland sewage treatment and industrial plants and to
control marine growths in condenser cooling and service water at power and
desalination plants and at oil drilling production facilities on seacoasts and
offshore.

  The Company's customers for its OdorMaster(TM) System are municipalities and
special authorities (and the contractors who build the sewage systems for such
municipalities and authorities) and plant owners.  Oil and other industrial
companies are customers of its ChlorMaster(TM) systems.  Its systems are
marketed domestically by sales representatives and overseas by sales
representatives and licensees.  The Company competes both with companies that
utilize other decontamination processes and those that utilize technology
similar to the Company's.  All are substantially larger than the Company.  The
Company's success to date is derived from the ability of its products both to
generate sodium hypochlorite on site and to decontaminate effectively.  Its
future success will depend upon the competitiveness of its technology and the
success of its sales representatives and licensees.

  At October 31, 1999, the backlog for environmental protection equipment was
$2.6 million.

Research and Development

  The Company's existing laboratory facilities are located on the premises of
the Company's perchlorate production activities and are used to support those
activities and its sodium azide and Halotron(TM) production activities.  The
Company conducts research and development programs directed toward enhancement
of product quality and performance and the development of complementary or
related products at these facilities.

Insurance

  The Company's insurance currently includes property insurance at estimated
replacement value on all of its facilities and business interruption insurance.
The Company also maintains certain liability insurance.  Management believes
that the nature and extent of the Company's current insurance coverages are
adequate.  The Company has not experienced difficulty obtaining these types and
amounts of insurance.

Government Regulation

  As a supplier to United States government projects, the Company has been and
may be subject to audit and/or review by the government of the negotiation and
performance of, and of the accounting and general practice relating to,
government contracts.  Most of the Company's contracts for the sale of AP are in
whole or in part subject to the commercial sections of the Federal Acquisition
Regulations.  The Company's AP costs have been and may be audited by its
customers and by government audit agencies such as the United States Defense
Contract Audit Agency.  To date, such audits have not had a material effect on
the Company's results of operations or financial position.

Environmental Regulation

  The Company's operations are subject to extensive federal, state and local
regulations governing, among other things, emissions to air, discharges to water
and waste management.  Management believes that the Company is currently in
compliance in all material respects with all applicable environmental, safety
and health requirements and does not anticipate any material adverse effects
from existing or known future requirements.  To meet changing licensing and
regulatory standards, the Company may be required to make additional

                                       13
<PAGE>

significant site or operational modifications, potentially involving substantial
expenditures or the reduction or suspension of certain operations. In addition,
the operation of the Company's manufacturing plants entails risk of adverse
environmental and health effects and there can be no assurance that material
costs or liabilities will not be incurred to rectify any future occurrences
related to environmental or health matters.

  The Southern Nevada Water Authority has detected trace amounts of perchlorate
chemicals in Lake Mead and the Las Vegas Wash, bodies of water near the
Company's real estate development property in Henderson, Nevada.  Lake Mead is a
source of drinking water for the City of Las Vegas, neighboring areas and
certain areas of metropolitan Southern California.  Perchlorate chemicals
(including AP) are a potential health concern because they can interfere with
the production of a growth hormone by the thyroid gland, although they are not
currently included in the list of hazardous substances compiled by the EPA.
However, perchlorates have been added to the EPA's Contaminant Candidate List
and will likely eventually be regulated.  The Company manufactured AP at a
facility on the Henderson site until the facility was destroyed in the May 1988
incident, described below, after which the Company relocated its AP production
to its current facilities in Iron County, Utah.  Kerr-McGee for many years
operated an AP production facility at a site near the Company's Henderson
property.  The Water Authority's testing showed perchlorate concentrations of 8
to 11 parts per billion (ppb) in drinking water.  In response to this discovery,
the Company has engaged environmental consultants to drill test wells in order
to evaluate ground water at and in the vicinity of  the Henderson site.  The
results of the Company's tests have shown perchlorate concentrations in the
ground water at the Henderson property ranging from 0 to approximately 750,000
ppb at certain wells.  The results have also indicated that the ground water
containing perchlorate concentration from the Henderson site has not reached the
Las Vegas Wash or Lake Mead and, accordingly, has not been introduced into any
source of drinking water.  It has been reported that levels as high as 3.7
million ppb have been detected at a well at the Kerr-McGee site.  The State of
California has adopted a preliminary standard of 18 ppb for perchlorate levels
in drinking water, but there are currently no federal or State of Nevada
standards for acceptable levels of perchlorate in ground water or drinking
water.  The Company is cooperating with State and local agencies, and with Kerr-
McGee and other interested firms, in the investigation and evaluation of
perchlorate found at its site and of the source or sources of perchlorates in
Lake Mead and potential remediation methods.  Until these investigations and
evaluations have reached definitive conclusions, it will not be possible for the
Company to determine the extent to which, if at all, the Company may be called
upon to contribute to or assist with future remediation efforts, or the
financial impact, if any, of such contributions or assistance.

Safety Considerations

  AP, in the particle sizes and chemical purities produced by the Company, is
categorized for transportation purposes by the United States Department of
Transportation ("DOT") as a Class IV oxidizer.  Such classification indicates
that the DOT considers AP to be non-explosive, non-flammable and non-toxic.  The
Company's AP manufacturing plant was constructed in a manner intended to
minimize, to the extent of known technologies and safety measures, the
combination of AP with other materials in a manner that could result in
explosions or combustion.  However, no assurance can be given that the Company's
safety precautions will be effective in preventing explosions, fires and other
such events from occurring.  On July 30, 1997, an explosion and fire occurred at
the Company's AP production facility in Iron County, Utah.  Although damage to
the Company's property was confined to a relatively small area, the incident
left one employee dead and three others injured, one seriously.  As a result of
this incident, the Utah Occupational Safety and Health Division of the Utah
Labor Commission cited the Company for violation of certain applicable Utah
safety regulations in connection with the handling of AP and assessed fines
totaling $5,250.  Although the Company has taken steps to improve safety
measures and training in response to this incident, there can be no assurance
that such measures will be effective in preventing other such events in the
future.

  The Company has one major operating facility located in Iron County, Utah.
The loss or shutdown of operations over an extended period of time at such
facility would have a material adverse effect on the

                                       14
<PAGE>

Company. The Company's operations are subject to the usual hazards associated
with chemical manufacturing and the related storage and transportation of
products and wastes, including explosions, fires, inclement weather and natural
disasters, mechanical failure, unscheduled downtime, transportation
interruptions, chemical spills, discharges or releases of toxic or hazardous
substances or gases and other environmental risks, such as required remediation
of contamination. These hazards can cause personal injury and loss of life,
severe damage to or destruction of property and equipment and environmental
damage, and may result in suspension of operations and the imposition of civil
or criminal penalties. The Company maintains property, business interruption and
casualty insurance at levels which it believes are in accordance with customary
industry practice, but there can be no assurance that the Company will not incur
losses beyond the limits or outside the coverage of its insurance.

  On May 4, 1988, the former manufacturing and office facilities of the Company
in Henderson, Nevada were destroyed by a series of massive explosions and
associated fires.  Extensive property damage occurred both at the Company's
facilities and in immediately adjacent areas, the principal damage occurring
within a three-mile radius.  Production of AP, the Company's principal business,
ceased for a 15-month period.  Significant interruptions were also experienced
in the Company's other businesses, which occupied the same or adjacent sites.
Although the Company's current facility is designed to site particular
components of the manufacturing process in discrete areas of the facility and
incorporates modern equipment and materials handling systems designed,
constructed and operated in accordance with the operating and safety
requirements of the Company's customers, insurance carriers and governmental
authorities, there can be no assurance that another incident could not interrupt
some or all of the activities carried on at the Company's current manufacturing
site.

  Sodium azide is a strong reducing agent and is classified by the DOT as a
poison.  Its manufacture entails certain hazards with which Dynamit Nobel has
become familiar over the course of time.  The Company's method of production is
intended to limit the quantity of sodium azide in process at any one time and to
utilize known safety measures in an effort to lessen attendant risks.  In late
1992, a fire occurred in a sodium azide reactor vessel at the Company's facility
during start-up and testing of the reactor vessel.  In addition, fires are
reported to have affected production at a competitor's facility in the past.
There can be no assurance that a fire or other incident will not occur at the
Company's sodium azide production facility in the future.  The Company believes
that exposure to sodium azide after an airbag is installed in an automobile is
highly unlikely due to the way in which sodium azide is used and to the housing
in which it is encased.  However, the Company understands that claims have been
asserted by automobile drivers and passengers that they have suffered hand burns
from heated gas and facial abrasions from airbag fabric after its deployment,
although no such claims have been asserted against the Company.

Employees

  At September 30, 1999, the Company employed approximately 222 persons in
executive, administrative, sales and manufacturing capacities.  Although efforts
have been made by union representatives to seek certification to represent
certain Company employees, no such certification has been granted and the
Company does not have collective bargaining agreements with any of its
employees.  The Company considers relationships with its employees to be
satisfactory.

                                       15
<PAGE>

Item 2. Properties
- ------------------

  The following table sets forth certain information regarding the Company's
properties at September 30, 1999.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  Approximate
                                                                    Area or                    Approximate
     Location                    Principal Use                    Floor Space      Status      Annual Rent
     --------                    -------------                    -----------      ------      -----------
<S>                  <C>                                         <C>               <C>         <C>
Iron County, UT      Perchlorate  Manufacturing Facility /(a)/     217 acres        Owned         ___
Iron County, UT      Sodium Azide Manufacturing Facility /(b)/     41  acres        Owned         ___
Iron County, UT      Halotron(TM) Manufacturing Facility /(c)/   6,720  sq. ft.     Owned         ___
Las Vegas, NV                   Executive Offices                22,262  sq. ft.   Leased (d)   $550,000
</TABLE>

  (a) This facility is used for the production of perchlorate products and
      consists of approximately 112,000 sq. ft. of enclosed manufacturing space,
      a 12,000 sq. ft. administration building and a 3,200 sq. ft. laboratory
      building.  Capacity utilization rates for this production facility were
      approximately 80%, 62% and 34% during the fiscal years ended September 30,
      1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

  (b) This facility is used for the production of sodium azide and consists of
      approximately 34,600 sq. ft. of enclosed manufacturing and laboratory
      space.  Capacity utilization rates for this production facility were
      approximately 47%, 39% and 45%  during the fiscal years ended September
      30, 1999, 1998 and 1997 , respectively.

  (c) Capacity utilization rates for the Halotron production facility were
      approximately 4% during the fiscal years ended September 30, 1999, 1998
      and 1997.

  (d) These facilities are leased from 3770 Howard Hughes Parkway Associates-
      Limited Partnership for an initial term of 10 years, which began on March
      1, 1991.  See Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the
      Company.

  The Company's facilities are considered by it to be adequate for its present
needs and suitable for their current use.  See Item 1. Business-"Real Estate
Assets" for a description of the Company's development properties in Iron
County, Utah and Clark County, Nevada.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings
- -------------------------

  On August 30, 1991, the Company entered into the Halotron(TM) Agreement.  In
February 1992, following successful technical evaluations and field tests, the
Company exercised its option to acquire the rights provided for in the
Halotron(TM) Agreement.

  In 1992, the Company sued the Inventors, claiming they had breached the
agreements and contracts in which they had sold the rights to Halotron(TM).
This initial litigation was settled when the Inventors promised to perform
faithfully their duties and to honor the terms of the contracts that, among
other things, gave the Company exclusive rights to the Halotron(TM) chemicals
and delivery systems.  Following the settlement of the initial litigation,
however, the Inventors failed to perform the acts they had promised in order to
secure dismissal of that litigation.  As a result, the Company brought an action
in the Utah state courts in March 1994, for the purpose of establishing the
Company's exclusive rights to the Halotron(TM) chemicals and delivery systems.
On August 15, 1994, the court entered a default judgment against the Inventors
granting the injunctive relief requested by the Company and awarding damages in
the amount of $42.2 million.  The trial court further ordered the Inventors to
execute documents required for patent registration of Halotron(TM) in various
countries.

                                       16
<PAGE>

When the Inventors ignored this court order, the Court directed the
Clerk of the Court to execute these documents on behalf of the Inventors.
Finally, the Court ordered that the Inventors' rights to any future royalties
from sales of Halotron(TM) were terminated.

  In 1996, the Company initiated arbitration proceedings by filing a notice of
Arbitration with the American Arbitration Association against the Inventors to
enforce, among other things, the Company's rights under the Halotron(TM)
Agreement.   In August 1999, the Arbitration Panel (the "Tribunal") issued a
partial award that required the Inventors to refrain from using the trade-name
and know-how associated with Halotron(TM), to produce all documents,
information and test data relating to the Halotron(TM) products, to allow the
Company to inspect the Inventors' business location to verify compliance with
the partial award, to disclose all patent, trademark or tradename applications
related to Halotron(TM) products and transfer ownership of such to the Company,
and to provide all documents relating to the sale of Halotron(TM)  products.

  The Tribunal reserved its decision on monetary damages to which the Company
may be entitled and rejected the Inventors' counterclaims except that the
Inventors may be entitled to royalties after the date of the partial award if
the Inventors fully comply with the requirements of the partial award.  Based on
information available to the Company, the Inventors have not complied with any
of the requirements of the partial award.  The Company is in the process of
preparing a motion to the Tribunal seeking a final award.

  Trace amounts of perchlorate chemicals have been found in Lake Mead.  Clark
County, Nevada, where Lake Mead is situated, was the location of Kerr-McGee's AP
operations, and was also the location of the Company's AP operations until May
1988.  The Company is cooperating with State and local agencies, and with Kerr-
McGee and other interested firms, in the investigation and evaluation of the
source or sources of these trace amounts, possible environmental impacts, and
potential remediation methods.  Until these investigations and evaluations have
reached definitive conclusions, it will not be possible for the Company to
determine the extent to which, if at all, the Company may be called upon to
contribute to or assist with future remediation efforts, or the financial
impacts, if any, of such cooperation, contributions or assistance.  See Item I.
Business-"Environmental Regulation."

  In 1999, two lawsuits were filed in Utah State court against the Company and
certain unrelated equipment and product manufacturers claiming unspecified
monetary damages as a result of the fire and explosion on July 30, 1997 at the
Company's AP production facility (see Item 1. Business-"Safety Considerations").
The Company believes it has statutory immunity as an employer under the
applicable worker's compensation laws of the State of Utah and that there was no
negligence on the part of the Company that contributed to the accident.  These
lawsuits are currently in a discovery phase.

  The information set forth in Notes 10 and 14 to the Consolidated Financial
Statements of the Company regarding litigation and contingencies is incorporated
herein by reference.  Reference is also made to Item 7. Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
- -----------------------------------------------------------

  Not Applicable.

                                       17
<PAGE>

                                    PART II

Item 5.   Market for Registrant's Common Stock and Related Security Holder
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Matters
- -------

  The Company's Common Stock is traded on the Nasdaq National Market under the
symbol "APFC."  The table below sets forth the high and low bid prices of the
Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market for the periods indicated.

                             Nasdaq National Market
                             High               Low
          Fiscal Year 1999
          ----------------
          1st Quarter         $ 8           $6  1/2
          2nd Quarter           9 1/16       7  3/8
          3rd Quarter           8  1/2       7  5/8
          4th Quarter           9 7/16       7  5/8

          Fiscal Year 1998
          ----------------
          1st Quarter           8  1/4       6  3/8
          2nd Quarter          11  5/8       5  3/4
          3rd Quarter          11  1/4       9  1/2
          4th Quarter          10  3/8       7  3/8

  At December 1, 1999,  there were approximately 1,300 shareholders of record of
the Company's Common Stock.  The Company has not paid a dividend on the Common
Stock since the Company's incorporation and does not anticipate paying cash
dividends in the foreseeable future.  In addition, covenants contained in the
Indenture associated with the Notes restrict the Company's ability to pay
dividends.  (See Note 6 to Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of the
Company.)

                                       18
<PAGE>

Item 6.  Selected Financial Data
- --------------------------------

FIVE-YEAR SUMMARY OF SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA FOR THE YEARS ENDED
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
SEPTEMBER 30,
- ------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1999       1998       1997       1996       1995
                                                      -----------------------------------------------------------
                                                           ......(in thousands except per share amounts).....
<S>                                                   <C>          <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
 Sales and operating revenues                            $ 72,834  $ 52,339   $ 44,050   $ 42,381   $ 39,250
 Cost of sales                                             45,834    35,792     36,420     32,579     29,861
 Gross profit                                              27,000    16,547      7,630      9,802      9,389
 Operating expenses                                        10,024     9,246      9,509      9,367     11,210
 Impairment charge                                                              52,605
 Employee separation and management
  reorganization cost                                                            3,616                   226
 Operating income (loss)                                   16,976     7,301    (58,100)       435     (2,047)
 Equity in real estate venture                                          300        200        700
 Interest and other income                                  1,588     1,294      1,115      1,381      1,429
 Interest and other expense                                 6,951     5,734      2,001      2,836      1,709
 Income (loss) before credit for
   income taxes                                            11,613     3,161    (58,786)      (320)    (2,327)
 Credit for income taxes                                                       (10,101)      (109)      (791)
 Net income (loss) before
   extraordinary losse                                     11,613     3,161    (48,685)      (211)    (1,536)
 Extraordinary loss-debt extinguishments                      174     5,172
 Net income (loss)                                         11,439    (2,011)   (48,685)      (211)    (1,536)
 Basic net income (loss) per share                           1.41      (.24)     (6.01)      (.03)      (.19)
 Diluted net income (loss) per share                     $   1.39  $   (.24)  $  (6.01)  $   (.03)  $   (.19)

BALANCE SHEET DATA:
 Cash and cash equivalents and
   short-term investments                                $ 40,434  $ 20,389   $ 18,881   $ 20,501   $ 26,540
 Restricted cash                                            1,195     1,176      3,580      4,969      3,743
 Inventories and accounts and notes receivable             18,883    23,193     17,304     16,199     13,086
 Property, plant and equipment - net                       17,254    19,529     19,314     77,217     80,944
 Intangible assets-net                                     34,210    38,252      1,540      1,760      2,995
 Development property                                       6,440     7,036      7,362      8,631     10,296
 Real estate equity investments                            11,237    17,112     20,248     18,698     17,725
 Total assets                                             132,882   130,759     90,081    150,019    157,789
 Working capital                                           53,088    34,786     23,479     24,905     26,440
 Notes payable and current portion
   of long-term debt                                        1,195     1,176      6,166      7,334      8,500
 Long-term debt                                            67,000    70,000     24,900     29,452     34,054
 Shareholders' equity                                    $ 52,204  $ 44,029   $ 45,551   $ 94,156   $ 94,251
</TABLE>

                                       19
<PAGE>

Item 7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
of Operations
- -------------

Overview


  The Company is principally engaged in the production of AP for the aerospace
and national defense industries.  In addition, the Company produces and sells
sodium azide, the primary component of a gas generant used in automotive airbag
safety systems, and Halotron(TM), a chemical used in fire suppression systems
ranging from portable fire extinguishers to airport firefighting vehicles.  The
perchlorate, sodium azide and Halotron(TM) facilities are located on the
Company's property in Southern Utah and the chemicals produced and sold at these
facilities collectively represent the Company's specialty chemicals operating
segment. The Company's other lines of business include the development of real
estate in Nevada and the production of environmental protection equipment,
including waste water and seawater treatment systems.

  The Company believes that North American demand for AP is currently
approximately 20 to 25 million pounds annually.  However, supply capacity has
historically been substantially in excess of these estimated demand levels.  In
an effort to rationalize the economics of the existing AP market, the Company
entered into the Purchase Agreement with Kerr-McGee.  Upon consummation of the
Acquisition, the Company effectively became the sole North American producer of
AP.

  Sales and Operating Revenues.  Sales of the Company's perchlorate chemical
products, consisting almost entirely of AP sales, accounted for approximately
67%, 67% and 52% of revenues during the fiscal years ended September 30, 1999,
1998 and 1997, respectively.  In general, demand for AP is driven by a
relatively small number of DOD and NASA contractors; as a result, any one
individual AP customer usually accounts for a significant portion of the
revenues of AP manufacturers.  For example, Thiokol accounted for approximately
35%, 39% and 35% of the Company's revenues during the fiscal years ended
September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.  In addition, Alliant accounted
for approximately 14%, 16% and 10% of the Company's revenues during fiscal 1999,
1998 and 1997, respectively.

  Sodium azide sales accounted for approximately 19%, 21% and 30% of sales
during fiscal years ended September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.
Autoliv, the Company's principal sodium azide customer, accounted for
approximately 17%, 19% and 28% of the Company's revenues during fiscal 1999,
1998 and 1997, respectively.

  The Company incurred significant operating losses in its sodium azide
operation in the 1997 fiscal year and prior fiscal years.  Sodium azide
performance improved in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1997, principally as a
result of additional sodium azide deliveries under the Autoliv agreement
referred to below, and the operations were cash flow positive during the year
ended September 30, 1997.  However, even though performance improved,
management's view of the economics of the sodium azide market changed during the
fourth quarter of fiscal 1997.  One major inflator manufacturer announced the
acquisition of non-azide based inflator technology and that it intended to be in
the market with this new technology by model year 1999.  In addition, although
the Company had achieved significant gains in market share that appeared to
relate to the Company's anti-dumping petition and the Suspension Agreement,
management believed that the effects of the anti-dumping petition were likely
fully incorporated into the sodium azide market by the end of fiscal 1997.
Recognizing that the uncertainties respecting the market and discussed above
continued to exist, during the fourth quarter of fiscal 1997, management
concluded that the cash flows associated with sodium azide operations would not
be sufficient to recover the Company's investment in sodium azide related fixed
assets.  As quoted market prices were not available, the present value of
estimated future cash flows was used to estimate the fair value of sodium azide
fixed assets.  Under the requirements of SFAS No. 121, and as a result of this
valuation technique, an impairment charge of $52.6 million was recognized in the
fourth quarter of fiscal 1997.  See

                                       20
<PAGE>

Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company for further
discussion of the impairment charge.

  Sales of Halotron(TM) amounted to approximately 2%, 3% and 4% of revenues
during the fiscal years ended September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.
Halotron(TM) is designed to replace halon-based fire suppression systems.
Accordingly, demand for Halotron(TM) depends upon a number of factors including
the willingness of consumers to switch from halon-based systems, as well as
existing and potential governmental regulations.

  Real estate and related sales amounted to approximately 9%, 5% and 8% of
revenues during the fiscal years ended September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997,
respectively. The nature of real estate development and sales is such that the
Company is unable reliably to predict any pattern of future real estate sales or
recognition of the equity in earnings of real estate ventures.

  Environmental protection equipment sales accounted for approximately 3%,  4%
and 6% of revenues during the fiscal years ended September 30, 1999, 1998 and
1997, respectively.

  Cost of Sales.  The principal elements comprising the Company's cost of sales
are raw materials, electric power, labor, manufacturing overhead and the basis
in the real estate sold.  The major raw materials used by the Company in its
production processes are graphite, sodium chlorate, ammonia, hydrochloric acid,
sodium metal, and nitrous oxide.  Significant increases in the cost of raw
materials may have an adverse impact on margins if the Company is unable to pass
along such increases to its customers, although all the raw materials used in
the Company's manufacturing processes have historically been available in
commercial quantities with relatively stable pricing, and the Company has had no
difficulty obtaining necessary raw materials.  The Company is in the process of
negotiating for its expected power requirements beyond April 2002 (see note 10
to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company).  The costs of
operating the Company's specialty chemical plants are, however, largely fixed.

  Operating Expenses.  Operating (selling, general and administrative) expenses
were $10.0 million, $9.2 million and $9.5 million during the fiscal years ended
September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.  Operating expenses in both
fiscal 1999 and fiscal 1998 include approximately $1.0 million in costs related
to the investigation and evaluation of the trace amounts of perchlorate
chemicals found in Lake Mead (see Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial
Statements of the Company).  The Company is unable to determine the extent to
which similar costs will be incurred in the future.

  Income Taxes.  The Company's effective income tax rates were approximately 0%
in fiscal 1999 and 1998, and 17% in fiscal 1997.  The Company's effective income
tax rate decreased to 17% in fiscal 1997 as a result of the establishment of a
$10.1 million deferred tax valuation allowance.  The Company's effective tax
rate will be 0% until the Company's net operating losses expire or the Company
has taxable income necessary to eliminate the need for the valuation allowance
(see Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company).

  Net Income (Loss).  Although the Company's net income (loss) and diluted net
income (loss) per common share have not been subject to seasonal fluctuations,
they have been and are expected to continue to be subject to variations from
quarter to quarter and year to year due to the following factors, among others:
(i) as discussed in Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the
Company, the Company may incur material legal and other costs associated with
certain litigation and contingencies; (ii) the timing of real estate and related
sales and equity earnings of real estate ventures is not predictable; (iii) the
recognition of revenues from environmental protection equipment orders not
accounted for as long-term contracts depends upon orders generated and the
timing of shipment of the equipment; (iv) weighted average common and common
equivalent shares for purposes of calculating diluted net income (loss) per
common share are subject to significant fluctuations based upon changes in the
market price of the Company's Common Stock due to outstanding warrants and
options; and (v) the magnitude, pricing and timing of AP, sodium azide,
Halotron(TM),

                                       21
<PAGE>

and environmental protection equipment sales in the future is uncertain. (See
"Forward Looking Statements/Risk Factors" below.)

Results of Operations

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 1999 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended September 30,
1998

  Sales and Operating Revenues.  Sales increased $20.5 million, or 39%, to $72.8
million in fiscal 1999, from $52.3 million in fiscal 1998.  This increase was
attributable to increased specialty chemical and real estate sales.

  Specialty chemical sales increased $16.8 million, or 35%, to $64.5 million in
fiscal 1999, from $47.7 million in fiscal 1998.  This increase was principally
attributable to an increase in perchlorate sales of $13.6 million.  The increase
in perchlorate sales was attributable to a full year of additional AP sales
volume resulting from the Acquisition.  In addition, sodium azide sales
increased $3.4 million, or 31%, to $14.3 million in fiscal 1999, from $10.9
million in fiscal 1998.

  Real estate sales increased $3.7 million, or 148%, to $6.2 million in fiscal
1999, from $2.5 million in fiscal 1998 due to an increase in land sales in
fiscal 1999 compared to fiscal 1998.

  Environmental protection sales were $2.1 million in both fiscal 1999 and 1998.

  Cost of Sales.  Cost of sales increased $10.0 million, or 28%, in fiscal 1999
to $45.8 million from $35.8 million in fiscal 1998.  Cost of sales as a
percentage of sales decreased to 63% in fiscal 1999 as compared to 68% in fiscal
1998.  The decrease in cost of sales as a percentage of sales was primarily
attributable to operating efficiencies resulting from an increase in specialty
chemical sales volumes (perchlorates and sodium azide).

  Operating Expenses.  Operating (selling, general and administrative) expenses
increased $0.8 million, or 9%, in fiscal 1999 to $10.0 million from $9.2 million
in fiscal 1998.  The increase in operating expenses was primarily due to an
increase in net periodic pension cost of approximately $0.5 million (see Note 9
to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company) and approximately $0.2
million in fiscal 1999 costs incurred related to the arbitration of the Halotron
Agreement (see Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company).

  Segment Operating Income (Loss).  Operating income (loss) of the Company's
operating segments during the fiscal years ended September 30, 1999 and 1998 was
as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       ----------------------------------------------------
                                                                  1999                      1998
                                                       ----------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                    <C>                               <C>
Specialty chemicals                                           $14,847,000                $6,422,000
Environmental protection equipment                               (888,000)                   (2,000)
Real estate                                                     3,485,000                 1,082,000
                                                       ----------------------------------------------------
          Total                                               $17,444,000                $7,502,000
                                                       ====================================================
</TABLE>

The increase in operating income of the specialty chemicals segment was
attributable to the increase in perchlorate sales and operating performance as a
result of the Acquisition.  The increase in operating loss of the environmental
protection equipment segment was primarily due to an unusual charge in the
amount of approximately $0.7 million associated with certain warranty items.
The increase in operating income of the real estate segment was attributable to
an increase in revenues from $2.5 million in fiscal 1998 to $6.2 million in
fiscal 1999.

                                       22
<PAGE>

  Interest and Other Income. Interest and other income increased to $1.6 million
in fiscal 1999 from $1.3 million in 1998. The increase was principally due to
higher average cash and cash equivalent balances.

  Interest and Other Expense. Interest and other expense increased to
$7.0 million in fiscal 1999 from $5.7 million in fiscal 1998. The increase was
primarily due to the issuance of the Notes.

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 1998 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended September 30,
1997

  Sales and Operating Revenues. Sales increased $8.2 million, or 19%, to
$52.3 million in fiscal 1998 from $44.1 million in fiscal 1997. This increase
was attributable to increased sales in the Company's specialty chemical
operations. The increase in specialty chemical sales was partially offset by
decreases in environmental protection equipment and real estate sales.

  Specialty chemical sales increased $9.7 million, or 26%, to $47.7 million in
fiscal 1998 from $38.0 million in fiscal 1997. This increase was principally
attributable to an increase in perchlorate sales of $12.3 million, partially
offset by a decrease in sodium azide sales. The increase in perchlorate sales
was attributable to additional AP sales volume subsequent to the Acquisition.
Sodium azide sales decreased $2.4 million, or 18%, to $10.9 million in fiscal
1998, from $13.3 million in fiscal 1997 due principally to a decrease in
shipments to Autoliv in the fourth quarter as a result of a strike at certain
General Motor's ("GM") facilities.

  In May 1997, the Company entered into a three-year agreement with Autoliv.
The agreement provides for the Company to supply sodium azide used by Autoliv in
the manufacture of automotive airbags.  Deliveries under the agreement commenced
in July 1997.  The agreement has been extended an additional six months through
December 31, 2000.

  Environmental protection sales decreased $0.3 million, or 8%, to $2.1 million
in fiscal 1998 from $2.4 million in fiscal 1997 as a result of a decrease in
equipment shipments.

  Real estate sales decreased $1.2 million, or 31%, to $2.5 million in fiscal
1998 from $3.7 million in fiscal 1997 due to a decrease in land sales in fiscal
1998 compared to fiscal 1997.

  Cost of Sales. Cost of sales decreased $0.6 million, or 2%, in fiscal 1998 to
$35.8 million from $36.4 million in fiscal 1997. Cost of sales as a percentage
of sales decreased to 68% in fiscal 1998 as compared to 83% in fiscal 1997.
These decreases were primarily attributable to the increase in perchlorate sales
volume offset by a reduction in depreciation expense of approximately
$4.0 million as a result of the sodium azide impairment charge referred to
above.

  Operating Expenses.  Operating (selling, general and administrative) expenses
decreased $0.3 million, or 3%, in fiscal 1998 to $9.2 million from $9.5 million
in fiscal 1997.

  Equity in Earnings of Real Estate Venture. During fiscal 1998 and 1997, the
Company recognized its share of the equity in the Company's Ventana Canyon joint
venture. The Company's equity in the earnings of the project amounted to
approximately $0.3 million and $0.2 million, respectively. Profits and losses
are split equally between the Company and its venture partner, a local real
estate development company.

                                       23
<PAGE>

  Segment Operating Income (Loss).  Operating income (loss) of the Company's
operating segments during the fiscal years ended September 30, 1998 and 1997 was
as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  --------------------------------------------------
                                                             1998                       1997
                                                  --------------------------------------------------
  <S>                                             <C>                              <C>
  Specialty chemicals                                     $6,422,000               $(55,227,000)
  Environmental protection equipment                          (2,000)                  (659,000)
  Real estate                                              1,082,000                  1,624,000
                                                  --------------------------------------------------
            Total                                         $7,502,000               $(54,262,000)
                                                  ==================================================
</TABLE>

The increase in operating income of the specialty chemicals segment was
attributable to the fixed asset impairment charge in fiscal 1997 of $52.6
million discussed above and the increase in perchlorate sales and operating
performance as a result of the Acquisition.  The decrease in operating income of
the real estate segment was attributable to a decrease in revenues from $3.6
million in fiscal 1997 to $2.5 million in fiscal 1998.

  Interest and Other Income.  Interest and other income increased to $1.3
million in fiscal 1998 from $1.1 million in 1997.  The increase was principally
due to higher average cash and cash equivalent balances.

  Interest and Other Expense.  Interest and other expense increased to $5.7
million in fiscal 1998 from $2.0 million in fiscal 1997.  The increase was
primarily due to the issuance of the Notes.

Inflation

  Inflation did not have a significant effect on the Company's sales and
operating revenues or costs during the three-year period ended September 30,
1999.  Inflation may have an effect on gross profit in the future as certain of
the Company's agreements with AP and sodium azide customers require fixed
prices, although certain of such agreements contain escalation features that
should somewhat mitigate the risks associated with inflation.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

  As discussed in Notes 6 and 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the
Company, in March 1998, the Company sold Notes in the principal amount of $75.0
million, acquired certain assets from Kerr-McGee for a cash purchase price of
$39.0 million and paid $28.2 million to repurchase the remaining $25.0 million
principal amount outstanding of the Azide Notes.  The Company incurred
approximately $3.6 million in costs associated with the issuance of the Notes.
In connection with the Azide Notes repurchase, the Company recognized an
extraordinary loss on debt extinguishment of approximately $5.0 million.  The
Company repurchased and retired $3.0 million and $5.0 million principal amount
of Notes in fiscal 1999 and 1998, respectively.  The Company incurred
extraordinary losses on debt extinguishment of approximately $0.2 million on
each of these repurchases principally as a result of writing off costs
associated with the issuance of the Notes.

  Cash flows provided by operating activities were $22.6 million, $7.7 million
and $9.6 million during the fiscal years ended September 30, 1999, 1998 and
1997, respectively.  The increase in cash flows from operating activities in
fiscal 1999 resulted from increased sales and margins in the Company's specialty
chemical and real estate operations.  The changes in cash flows from operating
activities between fiscal 1998 and fiscal 1997 resulted principally from changes
in certain working capital balances.  The Company believes that its cash flows
from operations and existing cash balances will be adequate for the foreseeable
future to satisfy the needs of its operations, including debt related payments.
However, the resolution of litigation and

                                       24
<PAGE>

contingencies, and the timing, pricing and magnitude of orders for AP, sodium
azide and Halotron(TM), may have an effect on the use and availability of cash.

  Capital expenditures were $2.1, $2.8 million and $1.6 million during the
fiscal years ended September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.  Capital
expenditures relate principally to specialty chemical segment capital
improvement projects.  Capital expenditures are expected to be funded from
existing cash balances and operating cash flow.

  During the three-year period ended September 30, 1999, the Company made debt
related payments of approximately $48.6 million, repurchased $4.2 million in
common stock and issued $1.5 million in common stock as a result of the exercise
of outstanding stock options.

  As discussed in Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the
Company, in December 1999, the Company expects to make an offer to purchase
approximately $8.6 million in principal amount of Notes at 102%, or at a cost of
approximately $8.8 million.  The Company will fund any purchases made under this
offer from existing cash balances.

  During the three-year period ended September 30, 1999, the Company received
net cash of approximately $8.0 million from its Ventana Canyon joint venture.
The Company currently anticipates that cash returns of invested capital and
equity in earnings will continue through the conclusion of the project currently
projected to be the end of calendar 2001.

  As a result of the litigation and contingencies discussed in Note 10 to the
Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company, the Company has incurred legal
and other costs, and it may incur material legal and other costs associated with
the resolution of litigation and contingencies in future periods.  Any such
costs, to the extent borne by the Company and not recovered through insurance,
would adversely affect the Company's liquidity.  The Company is currently unable
to predict or quantify the amount or range of such costs or the period of time
over which such costs will be incurred.

  The Year 2000 issue is the result of computer programs being written using two
digits rather than four to define the applicable year.  Any programs that have
time-sensitive software may recognize a date using "00" as the year 1900 rather
than the year 2000.  This could result in major system failure or
miscalculations.

  The Company has completed an evaluation and is in the process of resolving the
problems that might be associated with the Year 2000 issue.  The Company's Year
2000 project has four major components:

  1.  Evaluation of all major manufacturing and business computing systems to
      determine which systems are Year 2000 compliant.

  2.  For each computing system found not to be Year 2000 compliant, development
      of a strategy to replace, modify or upgrade the system to a Year 2000
      compliant system.

  3.  Evaluation of core vendors for Year 2000 compliance.

  4.  Preparation of contingency plans.

  The Company's evaluation found that the most critical digital control system,
which is used in the manufacture of specialty chemical products, is Year 2000
compliant.  The Company has received a letter of certification from its vendor,
and the Company has tested the system by turning the dates forward on the
computers to the year 2000, and all systems functioned normally.

                                       25
<PAGE>

  The Company's accounting system has been upgraded to a Year 2000 compliant
version.  This upgrade was completed in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1999.  New
maintenance and manufacturing (MRP) software packages have been implemented, and
each is certified and tested as Year 2000 compliant.

  The majority of PC computers used by the Company are Pentium class, running
Microsoft's Windows 95 operating system, and are Year 2000 compliant.  The
Company's file servers are running on Pentium computers with Microsoft NT 4.0,
and each of these is also certified Year 2000 compliant.  The Company also uses
Microsoft's office suite, which is Year 2000 compliant.

  During the evaluation phase of its Year 2000 project, the Company identified
certain potential issues related to many of its programmable logic controller
units used in the manufacturing process and certain of the Company's laboratory
instruments and the computers and software with which they operate.  The Company
has updated the equipment that was not Year 2000 compliant.

  The Company has identified all critical vendors of raw materials, supplies and
services.  Each such vendor has been contacted and asked to describe to the
Company their year 2000 readiness program.  All such critical vendors have
indicated to the Company that they are or will be prepared for the Year 2000
issue.  However, the Company can provide no assurance as to the readiness of its
critical vendors for the Year 2000 issue.

  A contingency plan for plant and corporate operations has been prepared and
approved by senior management.

  The Year 2000 issue and related risks could potentially have a material impact
on the Company's operations, working capital, results of operations and
financial condition.  In a worst case situation, long delays or interruptions in
deliveries of critical raw materials, supplies or services could materially
impact the Company's ability to produce and deliver products.  In addition,
problems encountered by the Company's customers could cause delays or possibly
cancellations of shipments and billings of the Company's products.  The Company
has considered these risks, among others, in the preparation of its contingency
plan.

  The Company recently reevaluated its estimates and assumptions of the costs
directly associated with its Year 2000 project and currently estimates that
approximately $0.5 million in costs will be incurred that are directly
associated with the project.  Through September 30, 1999, the Company had
incurred most of these costs.

  Given the inherent risks for a project of this nature, the costs involved
could differ materially from those anticipated by the Company in the event of
project failure.  Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the Year 2000
project will be completed on schedule or within budget.

Forward-Looking Statements/Risk Factors

  Certain matters discussed in this Report may be forward-looking statements
that are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to
differ materially from those projected.  Such risks and uncertainties include,
but are not limited to, the risk factors set forth below.

  The following risk factors, among others, may cause the Company's operating
results and/or financial position to be adversely affected from time to time:

  1. (a)  Declining demand or downward pricing pressure for the Company's
     products as a result of general or specific economic conditions, (b)
     governmental budget decreases affecting the DOD or NASA that would cause a
     decrease in demand for AP, (c) the results achieved by the Suspension
     Agreement resulting from the Company's anti-dumping petition against
     foreign sodium azide producers and the

                                       26
<PAGE>

     possible termination of such agreement, (d) technological advances and
     improvements with respect to existing or new competitive products causing a
     reduction or elimination of demand for AP, sodium azide or Halotron(TM),
     (e) the ability and desire of purchasers to change existing products or
     substitute other products for the Company's products based upon perceived
     quality, environmental effects and pricing, and (f) the fact that
     perchlorate chemicals, sodium azide, Halotron(TM) and the Company's
     environmental products have limited applications and highly concentrated
     customer bases.

  2. Competitive factors including, but not limited to, the Company's
     limitations respecting financial resources and its ability to compete
     against companies with substantially greater resources, significant excess
     market supply in the sodium azide market and the development or penetration
     of competing new products, particularly in the propulsion, airbag inflation
     and fire suppression businesses.

  3. Underutilization of the Company's manufacturing facilities resulting in
     production inefficiencies and increased costs, the inability to recover
     facility costs and reductions in margins.

  4. Risks associated with the Company's real estate activities, including, but
     not limited to, dependence upon the Las Vegas commercial, industrial and
     residential real estate markets, changes in general or local economic
     conditions, interest rate fluctuations affecting the availability and cost
     of financing, the performance of the managing partner of its residential
     real estate joint venture (GRLLC) and regulatory and environmental matters
     that may have a negative impact on sales or costs.

  5. The effects of, and changes in, trade, monetary and fiscal policies, laws
     and regulations and other activities of governments, agencies or similar
     organizations, including, but not limited to, environmental, safety and
     transportation issues.

  6. The cost and effects of legal and administrative proceedings, settlements
     and investigations, particularly those investigations described in Note 10
     to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company and claims made by
     or against the Company relative to patents or property rights.

  7. Integration of new customers and the ability to meet additional production
     and delivery requirements resulting from the Acquisition.

  8. The effects, if any, of problems associated with the Year 2000 issue.

  9. The results of the Company's periodic review of impairment issues under
     the provisions of SFAS No.  121.

 10. The dependence upon a single facility for the production of most of the
     Company's products.

 11. Provisions of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws and
     recently-adopted Series D Preferred Stock, dividend of preference stock
     purchase rights and related Rights Agreement could have the effect of
     making it more difficult for potential acquirors to obtain a control
     position in the Company.  See Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial
     Statements of the Company.

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

  The Company has certain fixed-rate debt (the Notes) which it believes to have
a fair value that approximates reported amounts.  The Company believes that any
market risk arising from these financial instruments is not material.

                                       27
<PAGE>

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
- ---------------------------------------------------

   Financial statements called for hereunder are included herein on the
   following pages:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 Page(s)
                                                                 ------
   <S>                                                           <C>
   Independent Auditors' Report                                     37
   Consolidated Balance Sheets                                      38
   Consolidated Statements of Operations                            39
   Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows                            40
   Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity       41
   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                    42-60
</TABLE>

                                       28
<PAGE>

                      SUMMARIZED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA
                                  (unaudited)
                (amounts in thousands except per share amounts)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                       Quarters For Fiscal Year 1999
                                  1st      2nd      3rd       4th     Total
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                             <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>
                                                    (1)                (1)
Sales and Operating Revenues    $18,854  $16,891  $18,659   $18,430  $72,834
Gross Profit                      7,266    5,921    6,230     7,583   27,000
Net Income Before
  Extraordinary Loss              3,301    2,064    2,356     3,892   11,613
Net Income                        3,301    2,064    2,182     3,892   11,439
Diluted Net Income Before
  Extraordinary Loss Per Share  $   .40  $   .25  $   .28   $   .48  $  1.41
Diluted Net Income Per Share    $   .40  $   .25  $   .26   $   .48  $  1.39
</TABLE>

(1) Net income includes an extraordinary loss on debt extinguishment of
    approximately $0.2 million in the third quarter.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                          Quarters For Fiscal Year 1998
                                  1st      2nd       3rd      4th      Total
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                             <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>
                                            (1)               (1)       (1)
Sales and Operating Revenues    $11,268  $14,119   $13,136  $13,816   $52,339
Gross Profit                      3,162    4,990     4,089    4,306    16,547
Net Income Before
  Extraordinary Loss                566    1,993       214      388     3,161
Net Income (Loss)                   566   (3,012)      214      221    (2,011)
Diluted Net Income Before
  Extraordinary Loss Per Share  $   .07  $   .24   $   .02  $   .05   $   .38
Diluted Net Income
  (Loss)  Per Share             $   .07  $ (0.36)  $   .02  $   .03   $  (.24)
</TABLE>

/(1)/ Net income (loss) includes an extraordinary loss on debt extinguishment of
      approximately $5.0 million in the second quarter and $0.2 million in the
      fourth quarter.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
Financial Disclosure
- --------------------

  Not Applicable.

                                       29
<PAGE>

                                   PART III


Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant
- -----------------------------------------------------------

     The required information regarding directors and executive officers is
incorporated herein by reference from the Company's definitive proxy statement
for its 2000 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, to be filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission not later than January 28, 2000.



Item 11. Executive Compensation
- -------------------------------

     The required information regarding executive compensation is incorporated
herein by reference from the Company's definitive proxy statement for its 2000
Annual Meeting of Shareholders, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission not later than January 28, 2000.



Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------

     The required information regarding security ownership of certain beneficial
owners and management is incorporated herein by reference from the Company's
definitive proxy statement for its 2000 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, to be
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than January 28,
2000.



Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
- -------------------------------------------------------

     The required information regarding certain relationships and related
transactions is incorporated by reference from the Company's definitive proxy
statement for its 2000 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, to be filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission not later than January 28, 2000.

                                       30
<PAGE>

                                    PART IV


Item 14.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------

(a)   (1) Financial Statements
          --------------------

          See Part II, Item 8 for an index to the Registrant's financial
          statements and supplementary data.


      (2) Financial Statement Schedules
          -----------------------------

          None applicable.


      (3) Exhibits
          --------

          (a)  The following Exhibits are filed as part of this Report
               (references are to Regulation S-K Exhibit Numbers):

      2.1      Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of October 10, 1997 between
               AMPAC, Inc. and Kerr-McGee Chemical Corporation, incorporated
               herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Registrant's Current
               Report on Form 8-K dated February 19, 1998.

      3.1      Registrant's Restated Certificate of Incorporation, incorporated
               by reference to Exhibit 3A to Registrant's Registration Statement
               on Form S-14 (File No. 2-70830), (the "S-14").

      3.2      Registrant's By-Laws, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3B to
               the S-14.

      3.3      Amendments to Registrant's By-Laws, incorporated by Reference to
               the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 9,
               1999.

      3.4      Articles of Amendment to the Restated Certificate of
               Incorporation, as filed with the Secretary of State, State of
               Delaware, on October 7, 1991, incorporated by reference to
               Exhibit 4.3 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-3
               (File No. 33-52196) (the "S-3").

      3.5      Articles of Amendment to the Restated Certificate of
               Incorporation as filed with the Secretary of State, State of
               Delaware, on April 21, 1992, incorporated by reference to Exhibit
               4.4 to the S-3.

      4.1      American Pacific Corporation 1991 Nonqualified Stock Option Plan,
               incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to the Registrant's
               Registration Statement on Form S-2 (File No. 33-36664) (the "1990
               S-2").

      4.2      American Pacific Corporation 1994 Directors' Stock Option Plan
               incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to the Registrant's
               Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September
               30, 1995 (the "1995 10-K").

                                       31
<PAGE>

      4.3      Stock Option Agreement between Registrant and General Technical
               Services, Inc. dated July 11, 1995 incorporated by reference to
               Exhibit 10.35 to the 1995 10-K.

      4.4      Stock Option Agreement between Registrant and John R. Gibson
               dated July 8, 1997 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to
               the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
               ended September 30, 1997 (the "1997 10-K").

      4.5      Stock Option Agreement between Registrant and David N. Keys dated
               July 8, 1997 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the
               1997 10-K.

      4.6      Form of Stock Option Agreement between Registrant and certain
               Directors dated May 21, 1997 incorporated by reference to Exhibit
               10.21 to the 1997 10-K.

      4.7      American Pacific Corporation 1997 Stock Option Plan (the "1997
               Plan") incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Registrant's
               Form S-8 (File No. 333-53449) (the "1998 S-8").

      4.8      Form of Option Agreement under the 1997 Plan incorporated by
               reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the 1998 S-8.

      4.9      Form of Note and Warrants Purchase Agreement dated February 21,
               1992, relating to the Registrant's previously outstanding
               Subordinated Secured Term Notes, incorporated by reference to
               Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated
               February 28, 1992 (the "1992 8-K").

      4.10     Form of Warrant to purchase Common Stock of the Registrant dated
               February 21, 1992, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to
               the 1992 8-K.

      4.11     Form of Warrant to purchase Common Stock of American Azide
               Corporation dated February 21, 1992, incorporated by reference to
               Exhibit 10.5 to the 1992 8-K.

      4.12     Indenture dated as of March 1, 1998 by and between the Registrant
               and United States Trust Company of New York, incorporated by
               reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Form S-4 (File No. 333-49883) (the
               "1998 S-4").

      4.13     Registration Rights Agreement dated March 12, 1998, by and
               between the Company and Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation,
               incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the 1998 S-4.

      4.14     Form of Letter of Transmittal for Tender of outstanding 9  1/4%
               Senior Notes Due 2005 in exchange for 9  1/4% Senior Notes Due
               2005 of the Registrant, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2
               to the 1998 S-4.

      4.15     Form of Tender for outstanding 9 1/4% Senior Notes Due 2005 in
               exchange for 91/4% Senior Notes due 2005 of the Registrant,
               incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the 1998 S-4.

      4.16     Form of Instruction to Registered Holder from Beneficial Owner of
               9 1/4% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2005 of the Registrant,
               incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 to the 1998 S-4.

                                       32
<PAGE>

     4.17     Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery for outstanding 9 1/4%
              Senior Notes Due 2005 in exchange for 9 1/4% Senior Notes Due 2005
              of the Registrant, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.5 to
              the 1998 S-4.

     4.18     Form of Rights Agreement, dated as of August 3, 1999, between
              Registrant and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company,
              incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Registration
              Statement on Form 8-A dated August 6, 1999 (the "Form 8-A").

     4.19     Form of Letter to Stockholders with copies of Summary of Rights to
              Purchase Preference Shares incorporated by reference to the Form
              8-A.

     10.1     Employment agreement dated November 7, 1994 between the Registrant
              and David N. Keys, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to
              the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
              ended September 30, 1994.

     10.2     Employment agreement dated May 11, 1999 between the Registrant and
              John R. Gibson, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
              Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter
              ended June 30, 1999.

   * 10.3     Consulting Agreement between the Registrant and Fred D. Gibson,
              Jr. dated October 1, 1999.

   * 10.4     Amended and Restated American Pacific Corporation Defined Benefit
              Pension Plan.

   * 10.5     Amended and Restated American Pacific Corporation Supplemental
              Executive Retirement Plan effective January 1, 1999.

   * 10.6     Trust Agreement for the Amended and Restated American Pacific
              Corporation Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan.

     10.7     Lease Agreement between 3770 Hughes Parkway Associates Limited
              Partnership and the Registrant, dated July 31, 1990, incorporated
              by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the 1990 S-2.

     10.8     Limited Partnership Agreement of 3770 Hughes Parkway Associates,
              Limited Partnership, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to
              the 1990 S-2.

     10.9     Cooperation and Stock Option Agreement dated as of July 4, 1990 by
              and between Dynamit Nobel AG and the Registrant, including
              exhibits thereto, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to
              the 1990 S-2.

     10.10    Articles of organization of Gibson Ranch Limited - Liability
              Company dated August 25, 1993, incorporated by reference to
              Exhibit 10.33 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
              the fiscal year ended September 30, 1993 (the "1993 10-K").

     10.11    Operating agreement of Gibson Ranch Limited - Liability Company, a
              Nevada Limited - Liability Company, incorporated by reference to
              Exhibit 10.34 to the 1993 10-K.

     10.12    Settlement Agreement between Registrant and C. Keith Rooker dated
              July 17, 1997 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the
              1997 10-K.

                                       33
<PAGE>

     10.13     Long-Term Pricing Agreement dated as of December 12, 1997 between
               Thiokol Corporation-Propulsion and the Registrant incorporated by
               reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on
               Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 1998 (the "1998
               March 10-Q").

     10.14     Partnershipping Agreement between Alliant Techsystems
               Incorporated ("Alliant") and Western Electrochemical Company and
               letter dated November 24, 1997 from the Registrant to Alliant and
               revised Exhibit B with respect thereto, incorporated by reference
               to Exhibit 10.2 to the 1998 March 10-Q.

       *21     Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

       *23     Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.

       *24     Power of Attorney, included on Page 35.

       *27     Financial Data Schedule

* Filed herewith.

          (b)  Reports on Form 8-K
               -------------------

               Date of Report           Event Reported
               --------------           --------------

               August 3, 1999           American Pacific Adopts Stockholder
                                        Rights Plan

                                       34
<PAGE>

                                  SIGNATURES
                                  ----------

     Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities and
Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Dated:  December 7, 1999           AMERICAN PACIFIC CORPORATION
                                            (Registrant)


                                   By:   /s/ JOHN R. GIBSON
                                       --------------------------------
                                       John R. Gibson
                                       President & Chief Executive Officer


                                   By:   /s/  DAVID N. KEYS
                                       --------------------------------
                                       David N. Keys
                                       Executive Vice President, Chief Financial
                                       Officer, Secretary and Treasurer,
                                       Principal Financial and Accounting
                                       Officer

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY
                               -----------------

     American Pacific Corporation and each of the undersigned do hereby appoint
John R. Gibson and David N. Keys and each of them severally, its or his true and
lawful attorneys, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, to execute
on behalf of American Pacific Corporation and the undersigned any and all
amendments to this Report and to file the same with all exhibits thereto and
other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange
Commission.  Each of such attorneys shall have the power to act hereunder with
or without the others.

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this
Report has been signed below on behalf of the Registrant by the following
persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.



/s/ John R. Gibson                           Date:  December 7, 1999
- --------------------------------------
John R. Gibson
Chief Executive Officer, President,
and Director



/s/ David N. Keys                            Date:  December 7, 1999
- --------------------------------------
David N. Keys
Executive Vice President, Chief
Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer;
Principal Financial and Accounting Officer
and Director

                                       35
<PAGE>

   /s/ Fred D. Gibson, Jr.                   Date:  December 7, 1999
- ---------------------------------
Fred D. Gibson, Jr.
Director


   /s/ C. Keith Rooker                       Date:  December 7, 1999
- ---------------------------------
C. Keith Rooker
Director


   /s/ Norval F. Pohl                        Date:  December 7, 1999
- ---------------------------------
Norval F. Pohl, Ph.D.
Director


   /s/ Thomas A. Turner                      Date:  December 7, 1999
- ---------------------------------
Thomas A. Turner
Director


/s/ Berlyn D. Miller                         Date:  December 7, 1999
- ---------------------------------
Berlyn D. Miller
Director


   /s/ Jane L. Williams                      Date:  December 7, 1999
- ---------------------------------
Jane L. Williams
Director


   /s/ Victor M. Rosenzweig                  Date:  December 7, 1999
- ---------------------------------
Victor M. Rosenzweig
Director


   /s/ Dean M. Willard                       Date:  December 7, 1999
- ---------------------------------
Dean M. Willard
Director


   /s/ Eugene A. Cafiero                     Date:  December 7, 1999
- ---------------------------------
Eugene A. Cafiero
Director


   /s/ Jan H. Loeb                           Date:  December 7, 1999
- ---------------------------------
Jan H. Loeb
Director

                                       36
<PAGE>

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT


To the Board of Directors of
American Pacific Corporation:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of American Pacific
Corporation and its Subsidiaries (the "Company") as of September 30, 1999 and
1998, and the related consolidated statements of operations, cash flows and
changes in shareholders' equity for each of the three years in the period ended
September 30, 1999.  These financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of the Company at September 30, 1999
and 1998, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended September 30, 1999 in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.


/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Las Vegas, Nevada
November 19, 1999

                                       37
<PAGE>

AMERICAN PACIFIC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
SEPTEMBER 30, 1999 AND 1998
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      1999            1998
                                                                                ---------------------------------
<S>                                                                             <C>                  <C>
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash and cash equivalents                                                           $ 40,434,000    $ 20,389,000
 Accounts and notes receivable                                                          8,859,000       8,927,000
 Related party notes receivable                                                           447,000         536,000
 Inventories                                                                            9,577,000      13,730,000
 Prepaid expenses and other assets                                                        680,000         839,000
 Restricted cash                                                                        1,195,000       1,176,000
                                                                                ---------------------------------
  Total Current Assets                                                                 61,192,000      45,597,000
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET                                                     17,254,000      19,529,000
INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET                                                                 34,210,000      38,252,000
REAL ESTATE EQUITY INVESTMENTS                                                         11,237,000      17,112,000
DEVELOPMENT PROPERTY                                                                    6,440,000       7,036,000
DEBT ISSUE COSTS, NET                                                                   2,547,000       3,156,000
OTHER ASSETS                                                                                2,000          77,000
                                                                                ---------------------------------
TOTAL ASSETS                                                                         $132,882,000    $130,759,000
                                                                                =================================
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 Accounts payable and accrued liabilities                                            $  6,909,000    $  9,635,000
 Notes payable and current portion of
 long-term debt                                                                         1,195,000       1,176,000
                                                                                ---------------------------------
  Total Current Liabilities                                                             8,104,000      10,811,000
LONG-TERM PAYABLES                                                                      2,005,000       2,350,000
LONG-TERM DEBT                                                                         67,000,000      70,000,000
                                                                                ---------------------------------
TOTAL LIABILITIES                                                                      77,109,000      83,161,000
                                                                                ---------------------------------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
WARRANTS TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK                                                       3,569,000       3,569,000
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
 Common stock - $.10 par value, 20,000,000 authorized,
 issued - 8,467,791 in 1999 and 8,423,791 in 1998                                         847,000         842,000
 Capital in excess of par value                                                        79,757,000      79,488,000
 Accumulated deficit                                                                  (23,279,000)    (34,718,000)
 Treasury stock (635,354  shares in 1999 and 206,654 shares in 1998)                   (5,034,000)     (1,486,000)
 Note receivable from the sale of stock                                                   (87,000)        (97,000)
                                                                                ---------------------------------
  Total Shareholders' Equity                                                           52,204,000      44,029,000
                                                                                ---------------------------------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY                                           $132,882,000    $130,759,000
                                                                                =================================
</TABLE>

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                       38
<PAGE>

AMERICAN PACIFIC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999, 1998 AND 1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1999           1998            1997
                                                     -----------------------------------------------
<S>                                                  <C>                 <C>            <C>
SALES AND OPERATING REVENUES                              $72,834,000    $52,339,000    $ 44,050,000

COST OF SALES                                              45,834,000     35,792,000      36,420,000
                                                     -----------------------------------------------
GROSS PROFIT                                               27,000,000     16,547,000       7,630,000

OPERATING EXPENSES                                         10,024,000      9,246,000       9,509,000

FIXED ASSET IMPAIRMENT CHARGE                                                             52,605,000

EMPLOYEE SEPARATION AND MANAGEMENT REORGANIZATION
 COSTS                                                                                     3,616,000
                                                     -----------------------------------------------
OPERATING INCOME (LOSS)                                    16,976,000      7,301,000     (58,100,000)

EQUITY IN EARNINGS OF REAL
 ESTATE VENTURE                                                              300,000         200,000

INTEREST AND OTHER INCOME                                   1,588,000      1,294,000       1,115,000

INTEREST AND OTHER EXPENSE                                  6,951,000      5,734,000       2,001,000
                                                     -----------------------------------------------
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE CREDIT FOR INCOME TAXES               11,613,000      3,161,000     (58,786,000)

CREDIT FOR INCOME TAXES                                                                  (10,101,000)
                                                     -----------------------------------------------
NET INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE EXTRAORDINARY LOSSES              11,613,000      3,161,000     (48,685,000)

EXTRAORDINARY LOSS-DEBT EXTINGUISHMENTS                       174,000      5,172,000

                                                     -----------------------------------------------
NET INCOME (LOSS)                                         $11,439,000    $(2,011,000)   $(48,685,000)
                                                     ===============================================

BASIC NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE:

 INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE
  EXTRAORDINARY LOSS                                      $      1.43    $       .39    $      (6.01)

 EXTRAORDINARY LOSS                                              (.02)          (.63)
                                                     -----------------------------------------------
NET INCOME (LOSS)                                         $      1.41    $      (.24)   $      (6.01)
                                                     ===============================================
AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING                                  8,111,000      8,198,000       8,105,000
                                                     -----------------------------------------------

DILUTED NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE:

 INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE
  EXTRAORDINARY LOSS                                      $      1.41    $       .38    $      (6.01)

 EXTRAORDINARY LOSS                                              (.02)          (.62)
                                                     -----------------------------------------------
NET INCOME (LOSS)                                         $      1.39    $      (.24)   $      (6.01)
                                                     ===============================================
DILUTED SHARES                                              8,236,000      8,321,000       8,105,000
                                                     -----------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                       39
<PAGE>

AMERICAN PACIFIC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999, 1998 AND 1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          1999           1998            1997
                                                                                    ---------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                   <C>            <C>            <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net income (loss)                                                                     $11,439,000   $ (2,011,000)   $(48,685,000)
                                                                                    ---------------------------------------------
 Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss ) to net cash from operating activities:
  Depreciation and amortization                                                          7,684,000      5,322,000       7,685,000
  Fixed asset impairment charge                                                                                        52,605,000
  Employee separation and management reorganization costs                                                               3,616,000
  Basis in development property sold                                                     1,913,000        822,000       1,498,000
  Development property additions                                                           (96,000)      (496,000)       (229,000)
  Equity in real estate venture                                                                          (300,000)       (200,000)
  Cash received on equity in real estate venture                                                          300,000         200,000
  Extraordinary debt charges                                                               174,000      5,172,000
  Changes in assets and liabilities:
   Short-term investments                                                                                               2,000,000
   Accounts and notes receivable                                                           167,000     (3,275,000)     (1,286,000)
   Inventories                                                                           4,153,000     (2,614,000)        181,000
   Restricted cash                                                                                      2,404,000       1,389,000
   Prepaid expenses and other                                                              234,000        188,000          32,000
   Accounts payable and accrued liabilities                                             (3,071,000)     2,148,000         870,000
   Deferred income taxes                                                                                              (10,101,000)
                                                                                     ---------------------------------------------
   Total adjustments                                                                    11,158,000      9,671,000      58,260,000
                                                                                    ---------------------------------------------
     Net cash from operating activities                                                 22,597,000      7,660,000       9,575,000
                                                                                    ---------------------------------------------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Capital expenditures                                                                   (2,100,000)    (2,766,000)     (1,557,000)
 Payment for acquisition intangible                                                                   (39,000,000)
 Real estate equity advances                                                                                           (2,680,000)
 Return of capital on real estate equity investments                                     5,875,000      3,135,000       1,130,000
                                                                                    ---------------------------------------------
     Net cash from investing activities                                                  3,775,000    (38,631,000)     (3,107,000)
                                                                                    ---------------------------------------------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Debt related payments                                                                  (3,053,000)   (39,416,000)     (6,168,000)
 Issuance of common stock                                                                  274,000        940,000         236,000
 Treasury stock acquired                                                                (3,548,000)      (451,000)       (156,000)
 Issuance of notes                                                                                     75,000,000
 Debt issue costs                                                                                      (3,594,000)
                                                                                    ---------------------------------------------
     Net cash from financing activities                                                 (6,327,000)    32,479,000      (6,088,000)
                                                                                    ---------------------------------------------
NET CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS                                                 20,045,000      1,508,000         380,000
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR                                            20,389,000     18,881,000      18,501,000
                                                                                    ---------------------------------------------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR                                                 $40,434,000   $ 20,389,000    $ 18,881,000
                                                                                    =============================================
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
Cash paid during year for interest                                                     $ 6,463,000   $  5,118,000    $  1,427,000
                                                                                    =============================================
SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NONCASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Excess additional pension liability                                                                                  $  1,175,000
                                                                                    =============================================
</TABLE>

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                       40
<PAGE>

AMERICAN PACIFIC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
FOR THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999, 1998 AND 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     Retained                        Note
                                Net Outstanding     Par Value       Capital in       Earnings                        Receivable
                                Number of           of Shares       excess of        (Accumulated      Treasury      from the Sale
                                Common Shares        Issued         Par Value        Deficit)          Stock         of Stock
                                --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                             <C>                 <C>             <C>              <C>               <C>           <C>
BALANCES,
 OCTOBER 1, 1996                    8,098,621          $823,000     $78,331,000      $ 15,978,000      $  (879,000)     $(97,000)
Net loss                                                                              (48,685,000)
Issuance of common stock               61,000             6,000         230,000
Treasury stock acquired               (22,084)                                                            (156,000)
                                --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCES,
 SEPTEMBER 30, 1997                 8,137,537           829,000      78,561,000       (32,707,000)      (1,035,000)      (97,000)
Net loss                                                                               (2,011,000)
Issuance of common stock              134,000            13,000         927,000
Treasury stock acquired               (54,400)                                                            (451,000)
                                --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCES,
 SEPTEMBER 30, 1998                 8,217,137           842,000      79,488,000       (34,718,000)      (1,486,000)      (97,000)
Net income                                                                             11,439,000
Issuance of common stock               44,000             5,000         269,000
Treasury stock acquired              (428,700)                                                          (3,548,000)
Note payments                                                                                                             10,000
                                --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCES,
 SEPTEMBER 30, 1999                 7,832,437          $847,000     $79,757,000      $(23,279,000)     $(5,034,000)     $(87,000)
                                ==================================================================================================
</TABLE>

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                       41
<PAGE>

AMERICAN PACIFIC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999, 1998 AND 1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

    Principles of Consolidation - The consolidated financial statements include
    ---------------------------
    the accounts of American Pacific Corporation and Subsidiaries (the
    "Company"). All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been
    eliminated.

    Cash and Cash Equivalents - All highly liquid investment securities with a
    -------------------------
    maturity of three months or less when acquired are considered to be cash
    equivalents.

    The Company's investment securities, along with certain cash and cash
    equivalents that are not deemed securities under Statement of Financial
    Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 115, "Accounting for Certain Investments
    in Debt and Equity Securities," are carried on the consolidated balance
    sheets in the cash and cash equivalents category. SFAS No. 115 requires all
    securities to be classified as either held-to-maturity, trading or
    available-for-sale. Management determines the appropriate classification of
    its investment securities at the time of purchase and re-evaluates such
    determination at each balance sheet date. Pursuant to the criteria that are
    prescribed by SFAS No. 115, the Company has classified its investment
    securities as available-for-sale. Available-for-sale securities are required
    to be carried at fair value, with material unrealized gains and losses, net
    of tax, reported in a separate component of shareholders' equity. Realized
    gains and losses are taken into income in the period of realization. The
    estimated fair value of the Company's portfolio of investment securities at
    September 30, 1999 and 1998 closely approximated amortized cost. There were
    no material unrealized gains or losses on investment securities and no
    recorded adjustments to amortized cost at September 30, 1999 or 1998.

    Related Party Notes Receivable - Related party notes receivable represent
    ------------------------------
    demand notes bearing interest at a bank's prime rate from the former
    Chairman and a current officer of the Company.

    Inventories - Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost of
    -----------
    the specialty chemicals segment inventories is determined principally on a
    moving average basis and cost of the environmental protection equipment
    segment inventories is determined principally on the specific identification
    basis.

    Property, Plant and Equipment - Property, plant and equipment are carried at
    -----------------------------
    cost less accumulated depreciation. The Company periodically assesses the
    recoverability of property, plant and equipment and evaluates such assets
    for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the
    carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Asset impairment
    (including intangible assets) is determined to exist if estimated future
    cash flows, undiscounted and without interest charges, are less than the
    carrying amount. An impairment charge of $52.6 million relating to certain
    specialty chemical assets was recognized in fiscal 1997. (See Note 13.)
    Depreciation is computed on the straight line method over the estimated
    productive lives of the assets (3 to 12 years for machinery and equipment
    and 15 to 31 years for buildings and improvements).

    Development Property - Development property consists of commercial and
    --------------------
    industrial land (principally improved land). During fiscal 1993,
    approximately 240 acres of development property was contributed to a real
    estate limited-liability company. (See Note 5.) Development property is
    carried at cost not in excess of estimated net realizable value. Estimated
    net realizable value is based upon the net sales proceeds anticipated in the
    normal course of business, less estimated costs to complete or improve the
    property to the condition used in determining the estimated selling price,
    including future interest and property taxes through the point of
    substantial completion. Cost includes the cost of land, initial

                                       42
<PAGE>

    planning, development costs and carrying costs. Carrying costs include
    interest and property taxes until projects are substantially complete. No
    interest was capitalized on development property during the three-year
    period ended September 30, 1999.

    Debt Issue Costs - Debt issue costs are amortized on the effective interest
    ----------------
    method over the terms of the related indebtedness.

    Fair Value Disclosure as of September 30, 1999:
    -----------------------------------------------

    Cash and cash equivalents, accounts and notes receivable, restricted
    cash, and accounts payable and accrued liabilities - The carrying value of
    these items is a reasonable estimate of their fair value.

    Long-term debt and warrants - Market quotations are not available for
    the Company's Warrants.  However, the $14 strike price of the Warrants (see
    Note 6) is substantially in excess of the recent trading prices of the
    Company's common stock.  During fiscal 1999, the Company repurchased $3.0
    million in principal amount of its unsecured senior notes at a price of
    about par (see Note 6).  Although these notes are thinly traded, the Company
    believes the recent repurchase price represents a reasonable estimate of the
    fair value of the notes.

    Sales and Revenue Recognition - Sales of the specialty chemicals segment are
    -----------------------------
    recognized as the product is shipped and billed pursuant to outstanding
    purchase orders. Sales of the environmental protection equipment segment are
    recognized on the percentage of completion method for long-term contracts
    and when the product is shipped for other contracts. Profit from sales of
    development property and the Company's equity in real estate equity
    investments is recognized when and to the extent permitted by SFAS No. 66,
    "Accounting for Sales of Real Estate".

    Research and Development - Research and development costs are charged to
    ------------------------
    operations as incurred. These costs are for proprietary research and
    development activities that are expected to contribute to the future
    profitability of the Company.

    Net Income (Loss) Per Common Share - Basic per share amounts are computed by
    ----------------------------------
    dividing net income (loss) by average shares outstanding during the period.
    Diluted net income (loss) per share amounts are computed by dividing net
    income (loss) by average shares outstanding plus the dilutive effect of
    common share equivalents. Since the Company incurred a net loss before
    extraordinary loss during the fiscal year ended September 30, 1997, diluted
    per share calculations are based upon average shares outstanding during this
    year. Accordingly, the effect of stock options and warrants outstanding for
    approximately 3.8 million shares at September 30, 1997 was not included in
    diluted net loss per share calculations. Diluted net income (loss) per share
    amounts during the fiscal years ended September 30, 1999 and 1998 is
    determined considering the dilutive effect of stock options and warrants.
    The effect of stock options and warrants outstanding to purchase
    approximately 2.9 million shares was not included in diluted per share
    calculations during the 1999 and 1998 fiscal years as the average exercise
    price of such options and warrants was greater than the average price of the
    Company's common stock.

    Income Taxes - The Company accounts for income taxes under the provisions of
    ------------
    SFAS No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes". (See Note 8.)

    Estimates and Assumptions - The preparation of financial statements in
    -------------------------
    conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management
    to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets
    and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the
    date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and
    expenses during the reporting period.  Significant estimates used by the
    Company include estimated useful lives for depreciable and

                                       43
<PAGE>

    amortizable assets, the estimated valuation allowance for deferred tax
    assets, and estimated cash flows in assessing the recoverability of long-
    lived assets. Actual results may differ from estimates.

    Recently Adopted Accounting Standards - During 1999, the Company adopted
    -------------------------------------
    SFAS No. 132, "Employers' Disclosures about Pensions and other
    Postretirement Benefits" which is an amendment of SFAS No. 87, 88 and 106.
    SFAS No. 132 revises employer's disclosures about pension and other
    postretirement benefits plans but does not change the measurement or
    recognition of those plans. It standardizes the disclosure requirements for
    pensions and other postretirement benefits to the extent practicable,
    requires additional information on changes in the benefit obligations and
    fair values of plan assets and eliminates certain disclosures. (See Note 9.)

    During fiscal 1999, the Company adopted SFAS No. 131, "Disclosures about
    Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information." This statement redefines
    how operating segments are determined and requires qualitative disclosure of
    certain financial and descriptive information about a company's operating
    segments. (See Note 12.)

    Recently Issued Accounting Standards - SFAS No. 133, "Accounting for
    ------------------------------------
    Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities" was issued in June 1998. The
    statement establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative
    instruments, including certain derivatives instruments embedded in other
    contracts, and for hedging activities. This statement is effective for all
    fiscal quarters and all fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2000, although
    earlier application is encouraged. This statement may not be applied
    retroactively. The Company expects to adopt this statement effective July 1,
    2000, and does not expect the adoption to have a material effect on its
    financial position or results of operations.

    Reclassifications - Certain reclassifications have been made in the 1998 and
    -----------------
    1997 consolidated financial statements in order to conform to the
    presentation used in 1999.

2.  INVENTORIES

    Inventories at September 30, 1999 and 1998 consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      1999                     1998
                                           --------------------------------------------------
   <S>                                     <C>                              <C>
   Work-in-process                                 $5,938,000               $ 8,685,000
   Raw material and supplies                        3,639,000                 5,045,000
                                           --------------------------------------------------

   Total                                           $9,577,000               $13,730,000
                                           ==================================================
</TABLE>

3.  RESTRICTED CASH

    At September 30, 1999, restricted cash consists of approximately $1.2
    million held in a cash collateral account by a lender which provided a term
    loan (the "AP Facility Loan") as the principal financing for an ammonium
    perchlorate ("AP") manufacturing facility erected and operated by the
    Company. Funds in the cash collateral account are restricted for future
    indemnity payments relating to the AP Facility Loan. The AP Facility Loan
    was repaid in 1994. The $1.2 million will be retained in the cash collateral
    account until the balance remaining after any indemnity payments is returned
    to Thiokol Propulsion, a division of Cordant Technologies Inc. ("Thiokol").
    The Company's obligation to return such funds is included in the current
    portion of long-term debt at September 30, 1999. Any indemnity payments made
    will serve to reduce the cash collateral account and the Company's
    obligation to Thiokol.

                                       44
<PAGE>

4.  PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

    Property, plant and equipment at September 30, 1999 and 1998 are summarized
    as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              1999                     1998
                                                               -------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                              <C>                              <C>
   Land                                                                   $   117,000             $   352,000
   Buildings, machinery and equipment                                      25,158,000              24,741,000
   Construction in progress                                                 1,065,000                 874,000
                                                               -------------------------------------------------------
   Total                                                                   26,340,000              25,967,000
   Less:  accumulated depreciation                                          9,086,000               6,438,000
                                                               -------------------------------------------------------
   Property, plant and equipment, net                                     $17,254,000             $19,529,000
                                                               =======================================================
</TABLE>

    A fixed asset impairment charge of $52.6 million was recognized in 1997.
    (See Note 13.)

5.  REAL ESTATE EQUITY INVESTMENTS

    During fiscal 1993, the Company contributed approximately 240 acres of
    development property to Gibson Ranch Limited Liability Company ("GRLLC"). A
    local real estate development group ("Developer") contributed an adjacent
    80-acre parcel to GRLLC. GRLLC is developing the 320-acre parcel principally
    as a residential real estate development.

    Each of the Company and Developer is obligated to loan to GRLLC, under a
    revolving line of credit, up to $2.4 million at an annual interest rate of
    10 percent. However, Developer will not be required to advance funds under
    its revolving line of credit until the Company's line is exhausted. In
    November, 1995, the Company committed to advance an additional $1.7 million
    to Developer. Developer is required to advance any funds received to GRLLC.
    Funds advanced under this additional commitment bear annual interest of 12
    percent. There were no advances outstanding under these lines at September
    30, 1999.

    Developer is the managing member of GRLLC and is managing the business
    conducted by GRLLC. Certain major decisions, such as incurring debt and
    changes in the development plan or budget may be made only by a management
    committee on which the Company is equally represented. The profits and
    losses of GRLLC will be split equally between the Company and Developer
    after the return of advances and agreed upon values for initial
    contributions.

    GRLLC operates on a calendar year. The Company recognizes its share of the
    equity in GRLLC on a current quarterly basis. Summarized financial
    information for GRLLC as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 1999
    and as of and for the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997 was as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               ----------------------------------------------------------
                                                      September 30,    December 31,     December 31,
                                                         1999             1998             1997
                                               ----------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                            <C>                    <C>               <C>
Income Statement:
 Revenues                                            $25,302,000       $36,975,000       $21,647,000
 Gross Profit                                          4,983,000         2,766,000         3,422,000
 Operating expenses                                      980,000         1,542,000         1,223,000
 Net Income                                          $ 4,003,000       $ 1,224,000       $ 2,199,000
Balance Sheet:
 Assets                                              $21,837,000       $25,007,000       $27,659,000
 Liabilities                                           9,765,000        13,628,000        13,334,000
 Equity                                              $12,072,000       $11,379,000       $14,325,300
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                       45
<PAGE>

    The Company has applied the provisions of SFAS No. 58 "Capitalization of
    Interest Cost of Financial Statements that Include Investments Accounted for
    by the Equity Method" to its investment in GRLLC. As of September 30, 1999,
    the Company has capitalized approximately $6.2 million of interest since the
    joint venture began undergoing activities to start its planned principal
    operations of real estate development and sale of such real estate.
    Capitalization of interest on the joint venture ceased in September 1997
    since the Company's recorded investment in GRLLC approximates the amount of
    cash flow that is estimated to be generated from the project.

    The Company amortizes the difference resulting from the application of SFAS
    No. 58 on a current quarterly basis based upon the ratio of acres sold to
    total salable acres in the joint venture. Such difference will be completely
    amortized upon the build-out and sale of the joint venture's real estate
    project which is estimated to occur in calendar 2001. As of September 30,
    1999, approximately $3.1 million in capitalized interest resulting from the
    application of SFAS No. 58 had been amortized against the equity in earnings
    of GRLLC.

    GRLLC's balance sheet is not classified. Assets consist principally of
    inventories and liabilities consist principally of notes and accounts
    payable. Inventories were $20.7 million at September 30, 1999 and $21.4
    million and $25.7 million at December 31, 1998 and December 31, 1997,
    respectively.

    In July 1990, the Company contributed $0.7 million to Gibson Business Park
    Associates 1986-I, a real estate development limited partnership (the
    "Partnership"), in return for a 70% interest as a general and limited
    partner, and other limited partners contributed $0.3 million in return for a
    30% interest as limited partners. Such other limited partners include
    certain members of the Company's Board of Directors. The Partnership, in
    turn, contributed $1.0 million to 3770 Hughes Parkway Associates Limited
    Partnership, a Nevada limited partnership ("Hughes Parkway"), in return for
    a 33% interest as a limited partner in Hughes Parkway. The Company entered
    into an agreement with Hughes Parkway pursuant to which the Company leases
    office space in a building in Las Vegas, Nevada. (See Note 10.)

6.  NOTES PAYABLE AND LONG-TERM DEBT

    Notes payable and long-term debt at September 30, 1999 and 1998 are
    summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      1999                1998
                                              ----------------------------------------
<S>                                           <C>                     <C>
9  1/4% Senior unsecured notes                     $67,000,000        $70,000,000
Indemnity obligation (see Note 3)                    1,195,000          1,176,000
                                              ----------------------------------------
Total                                               68,195,000         71,176,000
Less current portion                                 1,195,000          1,176,000
                                              ----------------------------------------
Total                                              $67,000,000        $70,000,000
                                              ========================================
</TABLE>

    On March 12, 1998, the Company sold $75.0 million principal amount of
    unsecured senior notes (the "Notes"), consummated an acquisition (the
    "Acquisition") of certain assets from Kerr-McGee Chemical Corporation
    ("Kerr-McGee") described in Note 7 and repurchased the remaining $25.0
    million principal amount outstanding of subordinated secured notes (the
    "Azide Notes").

    The Notes mature on March 1, 2005. Interest on the Notes is payable in cash
    at a rate of 9-1/4% per annum on each March 1 and September 1, commencing
    September 1, 1998. The indebtedness evidenced by the Notes represents a
    senior unsecured obligation of the Company, ranks pari passu in right of
    payment with all existing and future senior indebtedness of the Company and
    is senior in right of payment to all future subordinated indebtedness of the
    Company. The Indenture under which the Notes were issued contains various
    limitations and restrictions including (i) change in control provisions,
    (ii) limitations on indebtedness and (iii) limitations on restricted
    payments such as dividends, stock

                                       46
<PAGE>

    repurchases and investments. Management believes the Company has complied
    with these limitations and restrictions. In April 1998, the Company filed a
    Form S-4 registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission
    for the purpose of effecting the exchange of the Notes for identical Notes
    registered for resale under the federal securities laws. The exchange was
    consummated on August 28, 1998.

    Within ninety days following the end of each fiscal year, the Indenture
    requires the Company to make an offer to all holders of the Notes to
    purchase Notes at an offer price equal to 102% of the principal amount of
    the Notes to be purchased, in an amount equal to 50% of the excess cash flow
    (a defined term in the Indenture) for the applicable fiscal year. In
    December 1999, the Company expects to make an offer to purchase
    approximately $8.6 million in principal amount of Notes at 102%, or at a
    cost of approximately $8.8 million. Under the provisions of the Indenture,
    the offer will remain open for 20 business days.

    The Company repurchased and retired $3.0 million and $5.0 million in
    principal amount of Notes in fiscal 1999 and fiscal 1998, respectively. The
    Company incurred extraordinary losses on each of these debt extinguishments
    of approximately $0.2 million, principally as a result of writing off costs
    associated with the issuance of the Notes.

    The Azide Notes were 11% noncallable subordinated secured term notes, which
    were issued and sold in February 1992 to finance the design, construction
    and start-up of the Company's sodium azide facility. A portion of the net
    proceeds from sale of the Notes was applied to repurchase the Azide Notes
    for approximately $28.2 million (approximately 113% of the outstanding
    principal amount thereof). In connection with the repurchase, the Company
    recognized an extraordinary loss on debt extinguishment of approximately
    $5.0 million. The extraordinary loss consisted of the cash premium paid of
    $3.2 million upon repurchase and a charge of $1.8 million to write off the
    unamortized balance of debt issue and discount costs.

    The Company issued to the purchasers of the Azide Notes warrants (the
    "Warrants"), exercisable for a ten-year period commencing on December 31,
    1993, to purchase shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $14.00 per
    share. The maximum number of shares purchasable upon exercise of the
    Warrants is 2,857,000 shares. The Warrants are exercisable, at the option of
    their holders, to purchase up to 20 percent of the common stock of American
    Azide Corporation ("AAC"), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, rather
    than the Company's Common Stock. In the event of such an election, the
    exercise price of the Warrants will be based upon a pro rata share of AAC's
    capital, adjusted for earnings and losses, plus interest from the date of
    contribution. The Warrants contain certain provisions for a reduction in
    exercise price in the event the Company issues or is deemed to issue stock,
    rights to purchase stock or convertible debt at a price less than the
    exercise price in effect, or in the event of certain stock dividends, stock
    splits, mergers or similar transactions.

    The holders of the Warrants had certain put rights that required the holders
    to deliver to the Secretary of the Company a written request (a "Put
    Notice") at least ninety days prior to a Put Purchase Date (a defined term
    in the Warrants). Since the last available Put Purchase Date under the
    Warrants is December 31, 1999, and the Company has received no Put Notices,
    the put rights under the Warrants have effectively expired. On or after
    December 31, 1999, the Company may call up to 50% of the Warrants at prices
    that would provide a 30% internal rate of return to the holders thereof
    through the date of call (inclusive of the 11% Azide Notes' yield). The
    holders of the Warrants were also granted the right to require that the
    Common Stock underlying the Warrants be registered on one occasion, as well
    as certain incidental registration rights.

                                       47
<PAGE>

    The Company has accounted for the proceeds of the financing applicable to
    the Warrants as temporary capital. Any adjustment of the value assigned at
    the date of issuance will be reported as an adjustment to retained earnings.
    The value assigned to the Warrants was determined in accordance with
    Accounting Principle Board Opinion No. 14 "Accounting for Convertible Debt
    and Debt Issued with Stock Purchase Warrants" and was based upon the
    relative fair value of the Warrants and indebtedness at the time of
    issuance.

    Notes payable and long-term debt maturities are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    ----------------------------
       For the Years Ending
          September 30,
    ----------------------------
    <S>                                      <C>
       2000                                  $    1,195,000
       2005                                      67,000,000
                                             --------------------
       Total                                 $   68,195,000
                                             ====================
</TABLE>

7.  ACQUISITION

    On March 12, 1998 (the "Closing Date"), the Company acquired, pursuant to a
    purchase agreement (the "Purchase Agreement") with Kerr-McGee, certain
    intangible assets related to Kerr-McGee's production of AP (the "Rights")
    for a purchase price of $39.0 million. The Acquisition did not include Kerr-
    McGee's production facilities (the "Production Facilities") and certain
    water and power supply agreements used by Kerr-McGee in the production of
    AP. Under the Purchase Agreement, Kerr-McGee ceased the production and sale
    of AP although the Production Facilities may continue to be used by Kerr-
    McGee for production of AP under certain limited circumstances described
    below. Under the Purchase Agreement, Kerr-McGee reserved a perpetual,
    royalty-free, nonexclusive license to use any of the technology forming part
    of the Rights as may be necessary or useful to use, repair or sell the
    Production Facilities (the "Reserved License").

    Under the Purchase Agreement, Kerr-McGee reserved the right to process and
    sell certain reclaimed AP that is not suitable for use in solid fuel rocket
    motors (the "Reclaimed Product"), and to produce and sell AP (i) to fulfill
    orders scheduled for delivery after the closing, subject to making payments
    to the Company with respect to such orders, as provided in the Purchase
    Agreement and (ii) in the event of the Company's inability to meet customer
    demand or requirements, breach of the Purchase Agreement or termination of
    the Company's AP business.

    The Purchase Agreement provides that, together with the Reserved License,
    Kerr-McGee is permitted in its discretion to (i) lease, sell, dismantle,
    demolish and/or scrap all or any portion of the Production Facilities, (ii)
    retain the Production Facilities for manufacture of Reclaimed Product and
    (iii) maintain the Production Facilities in a "standby" or "mothballed"
    condition so they will be capable of being used to produce AP under the
    limited circumstances referred to above.

    Under the Purchase Agreement, Kerr-McGee has agreed to indemnify the Company
    against loss or liability from claims associated with the ownership and use
    of the Rights prior to consummation of the Acquisition or resulting from any
    breach of its warranties, representations and covenants. The Company has
    agreed to indemnify Kerr-McGee against loss and liability from claims
    associated with the ownership and use of the Rights after consummation of
    the Acquisition or resulting from any breach of its warranties,
    representations and covenants. In addition, Kerr-McGee has agreed that it
    will, at the Company's request, introduce the Company to AP customers that
    are not currently customers of the Company, and consult with the Company
    regarding the production and marketing of AP. The Company has agreed that,
    at Kerr-McGee's request, it will use reasonable efforts to market Reclaimed
    Product on Kerr-McGee's behalf for up to three years following consummation
    of the Acquisition.

                                       48
<PAGE>

    The Company has determined that a business was not acquired in the
    Acquisition and that the Rights acquired have no independent value to the
    Company apart from the overall benefit of the transaction that, as a result
    thereof, Kerr-McGee has ceased production of AP (except in the limited
    circumstances referred to above), thereby leaving the Company as the sole
    North American supplier of AP. The Company is amortizing the purchase price
    of $39.0 million for the unidentified intangible over ten years, the length
    of the terms of pricing contracts with two principal AP customers referred
    to below.

    In connection with the Acquisition, the Company entered into an agreement
    with Thiokol with respect to the supply of AP through the year 2008. The
    agreement, which was contingent upon consummation of the Acquisition,
    provides that during its term Thiokol will make all of its AP purchases from
    the Company. The agreement also establishes a pricing matrix under which AP
    unit prices vary inversely with the quantity of AP sold by the Company to
    all of its customers. The Company understands that, in addition to the AP
    purchased from the Company, Thiokol may use AP inventoried by it in prior
    years and AP recycled by it from certain existing rocket motors.

    In connection with the Acquisition, the Company also entered into an
    agreement with Alliant Techsystems Incorporated ("Alliant") to extend an
    existing agreement through the year 2008. The agreement establishes prices
    for any AP purchased by Alliant from the Company during the term of the
    agreement as extended. Under this agreement, Alliant agrees to use its
    efforts to cause the Company's AP to be qualified on all new and current
    programs served by Alliant's Bacchus Works.

8.  INCOME TAXES

    The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability approach
    required by SFAS No. 109. The asset and liability approach requires the
    recognition of deferred tax liabilities and assets for the expected future
    tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and
    the tax bases of the Company's assets and liabilities. Future tax benefits
    attributable to temporary differences are recognized to the extent that
    realization of such benefits are more likely than not. These future tax
    benefits are measured by applying currently enacted tax rates.

    The following table provides an analysis of the Company's credit for income
    taxes for the years ended September 30:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          ===================================================
                                              1999                1998               1997
                                          ---------------------------------------------------
<S>                                       <C>                 <C>              <C>
Current                                     $                 $                $
Deferred (federal and state)                                                    (10,101,000)
                                          ---------------------------------------------------
Credit for income taxes                     $                 $                $(10,101,000)
                                          ===================================================
</TABLE>

    A valuation allowance for a deferred tax asset was established in the amount
    of $10.4 million in 1997 and such allowance has decreased to $9.5 million at
    September 30, 1999. The valuation allowance is necessary due to the
    uncertainty related to the realizability of future tax benefits. The
    deferred tax assets are composed, for the most part, of alternative minimum
    tax credits and net operating losses. The alternative minimum tax credit
    carryforward, valued at approximately $1.2 million, may be carried

                                       49
<PAGE>

    forward indefinitely as a credit against regular tax. The net operating loss
    carryforwards, valued at approximately $41.7 million, will begin to expire
    for tax purposes in 2009 as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              NOL Deduction              Tax Rate                 NOL Asset
                                            -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Expiration of net operating losses
<S>                                         <C>                          <C>                       <C>
       2009                                      $13,999,000                34.0%                  $ 4,760,000
       2010                                       14,080,000                34.0%                    4,787,000
       2011 and thereafter                        13,597,000                34.0%                    4,673,000
                                            -------------------------------------------------------------------------
              TOTAL                              $41,676,000                                       $14,170,000
                                            =========================================================================
</TABLE>

    The Company's effective tax rate was 0% in fiscals 1999 and 1998, and 16.7%
    in fiscal 1997 as a result of the establishment of the valuation allowance.
    The Company's effective tax rate will be approximately 0% until the net
    operating losses expire or until the Company believes the valuation
    allowance is no longer required. Income taxes for the years ended September
    30, 1999, 1998 and 1997, differ from the amount computed at the federal
    income tax statutory rate as a result of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   =====================================================================
                                                         1999          %        1998        %          1997          %
                                                   ---------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                <C>             <C>      <C>          <C>      <C>             <C>
Expected provision (credit) for
 Income taxes                                        $ 3,890,000     34.0%   $(518,000)  (34.0)%   $(20,591,000)  (34.0)%
Adjustment:
  Nondeductible expenses                                  29,000      0.3%      16,000     1.1%          59,000     0.1%
  Tax benefit (provision) limitation due to the
   valuation allowance                                (3,919,000)   (34.3)%    502,000    32.9%      10,431,000    17.2%
                                                   ---------------------------------------------------------------------
Credit for income taxes                              $                       $                     $(10,101,000)  (16.7)%
                                                   =====================================================================
</TABLE>

    The components of net deferred taxes at September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997
    consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        1999             1998             1997
                                                                  ------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                               <C>                <C>              <C>
Deferred tax assets:
  Net operating losses                                               $14,170,000     $ 19,272,000     $ 16,278,000
  Alternative minimum tax credits                                      1,187,000          976,000        1,233,000
  Employee separation and management reorganization costs
                                                                         534,000          795,000        1,172,000
  Inventory capitalization                                               375,000          500,000          436,000
  Accruals                                                               447,000          490,000          408,000
  Other                                                                  978,000          461,000          250,000
                                                                  ------------------------------------------------
Total deferred tax assets                                            $17,691,000     $ 22,494,000     $ 19,777,000
                                                                  ------------------------------------------------
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Property                                                           $(3,993,000)    $ (5,416,000)    $ (4,350,000)
  Accrued income and expenses                                           (332,000)        (661,000)        (653,000)
  State taxes                                                           (600,000)        (600,000)        (600,000)
  Other taxes payable                                                    (98,000)      (1,476,000)      (1,251,000)
  Amortization                                                          (838,000)      (1,315,000)      (1,020,000)
  Other                                                               (2,372,000)      (2,093,000)      (1,472,000)
                                                                  ------------------------------------------------

Total deferred tax liabilities                                        (8,233,000)     (11,561,000)      (9,346,000)
                                                                  ------------------------------------------------

Preliminary net deferred tax asset                                     9,458,000       10,933,000       10,431,000
Valuation allowance for deferred tax asset                            (9,458,000)     (10,933,000)     (10,431,000)
                                                                  ------------------------------------------------
Net deferred taxes                                                   $               $                $
                                                                  ================================================
</TABLE>

                                       50
<PAGE>

9.  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

    The Company maintains a group health and life benefit plan, an employee
    stock ownership plan ("ESOP") that includes a Section 401(k) feature, and a
    defined benefit pension plan (the "Plan"). The ESOP permits employees to
    make contributions. The Company does not presently match any portion of
    employee ESOP contributions.

    All full-time employees age 21 and over with one year of service are
    eligible to participate in the Plan. Benefits are paid based on an average
    of earnings, retirement age, and length of service, among other factors.

    The tables below provide relevant financial information about the Plan as of
    and for the fiscal years ended September 30:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     1999                                  1998
                                                           ---------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                        <C>                                            <C>
Change in Benefit Obligation:
  Benefit obligation, beginning of year                                  $13,495,000                           $11,275,000
  Service cost                                                               994,000                               687,000
  Interest cost                                                              992,000                               863,000
  Actuarial (gains)/losses                                                  (862,000)                            1,320,000
  Benefits paid                                                             (697,000)                             (650,000)
                                                           ---------------------------------------------------------------
  Benefit obligation, end of year                                        $13,922,000                           $13,495,000
                                                           ---------------------------------------------------------------


Change in Plan Assets:
  Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year                           $10,177,000                           $ 9,937,000
  Actual return on plan assets                                             1,223,000                               582,000
  Employer contribution                                                      750,000                               308,000
  Benefits paid                                                             (697,000)                             (650,000)
                                                           ---------------------------------------------------------------
  Fair value of plan assets, end of year                                 $11,453,000                           $10,177,000
                                                           ---------------------------------------------------------------


Reconciliation of Funded Status:
  Funded status                                                          $(2,469,000)                          $(3,318,000)
  Unrecognized net actuarial (gains)/losses                                 (118,000)                            1,236,000
  Unrecognized transition obligation                                         458,000                               611,000
  Unrecognized prior service costs                                           387,000                               423,000
                                                           ---------------------------------------------------------------
  Accrued benefit liability recognized                                   $(1,742,000)                          $(1,048,000)
                                                           ===============================================================
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        =========================================
                                                                              1999           1998          1997
                                                                        -----------------------------------------
<S>                                                                       <C>             <C>           <C>
Net Periodic Pension Cost:
  Service cost                                                             $  994,000     $ 687,000     $ 687,000
  Interest cost                                                               992,000       863,000       772,000
  Expected return on assets                                                  (819,000)     (783,000)     (704,000)
  Net total of other components                                               277,000       189,000       231,000
                                                                        -----------------------------------------
  Net periodic pension cost                                                $1,444,000     $ 956,000     $ 986,000
                                                                        -----------------------------------------
Actuarial Assumptions:
  Discount rate                                                                  7.75%         6.75%         7.75%
  Rate of compensation increase                                                  5.00%         5.00%         5.00%
  Expected return on plan assets                                                 8.00%         8.00%         8.00%
                                                                        =========================================
</TABLE>

                                       51
<PAGE>

    In connection with the Company's 1997 reorganization discussed in Note 15,
    an accrued benefit liability of approximately $1.4 million was recognized
    related to the Company's Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan ("SERP"). At
    that time, the former Chief Executive Officer was the sole participant in
    the SERP. Effective January 1, 1999, the Company amended and restated the
    SERP and added the Company's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial
    Officer as participants. Benefits paid under the plan were approximately
    $0.1 million in fiscal 1999 and 1998, respectively. Net periodic pension
    cost was approximately $0.3 million and $0.1 million during the years ended
    September 30, 1999 and 1998, respectively. At September 30, 1999, the
    accrued pension liability recognized was approximately $1.6 million. During
    fiscal 2000, the Company expects to establish and fund a trust for the SERP.

10. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

    Trace amounts of perchlorate chemicals have been found in Lake Mead. Clark
    County, Nevada, where Lake Mead is situated, is the location of Kerr-McGee's
    AP operations, and was the location of the Company's AP operations until May
    1988. The Company is cooperating with State and local agencies, and with
    Kerr-McGee and other interested firms, in the investigation and evaluation
    of the source or sources of these trace amounts, possible environmental
    impacts, and potential remediation methods. The Company spent approximately
    $1.0 million in both fiscal 1999 and fiscal 1998 on the investigation and
    evaluation of this matter. Until these investigations and evaluations have
    reached definitive conclusions, it will not be possible for the Company to
    determine the extent to which, if at all, the Company may be called upon to
    contribute to or assist with future remediation efforts, or the financial
    impacts, if any, of such contributions or assistance. Accordingly, no
    accrual for potential losses has been made in the accompanying Consolidated
    Financial Statements of the Company.

    In 1999, two lawsuits were filed in Utah state court against the Company and
    certain unrelated equipment and product manufacturers claiming unspecified
    monetary damages as a result of a fire and explosion on July 30, 1997 at the
    Company's AP production facility that resulted in the death of one employee
    and the injury of three employees. The Company believes that it has
    statutory immunity as an employer under the applicable worker's compensation
    laws of the State of Utah and that there was no negligence on the part of
    the Company that contributed to the incident. The lawsuits are currently in
    a discovery phase.

    The Company is a party to an agreement with Utah Power and Light Company
    ("UPL") for its electrical requirements. The agreement provides for the
    supply of power for a minimum of a ten-year period, which began in 1988, and
    obligates the Company to purchase minimum amounts of power, while assuring
    the Company competitive pricing for its electricity needs for the duration
    of the agreement. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company's minimum
    monthly charge for firm and interruptible demand is approximately $22,000.
    The agreement has a three year notice of termination provision and, on April
    7, 1999, UPL provided written notice of termination effective April 7, 2002.
    The Company is in the process of negotiating for its expected power
    requirements beyond April 7, 2002.

    See Note 14 for a discussion of certain litigation involving Halotron.

    The Company and its subsidiaries are also involved in other lawsuits. The
    Company believes that these other lawsuits, individually or in the
    aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on the Company or any of
    its subsidiaries.

    As discussed in Note 5, the Company entered into an agreement with Hughes
    Parkway pursuant to which the Company leases office space. The lease is for
    an initial term of 10 years expiring in March 2001, and is subject to
    escalation every three years based on changes in the consumer price index,
    and

                                       52
<PAGE>

    provides for the Company to occupy 22,262 square feet of office space.
    Rental payments were approximately $0.6 million during the fiscal years
    ended September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997. Future minimum rental payments
    under this lease for the years ending September 30, are as follows:

<TABLE>
          <S>               <C>
          2000                 $     550,000
          2001                       275,000
                            ----------------------
          Total                $     825,000
                            ======================
</TABLE>

11. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

    Preferred Stock and Purchase Rights
    -----------------------------------

    The Company has authorized the issuance of 3,000,000 shares of preferred
    stock, of which 125,000 shares have been designated as Series A, 125,000
    shares have been designated as Series B and 15,340 shares have been
    designated as Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock. No Series A
    or Series B preferred stock is issued or outstanding. The Series C
    redeemable convertible preferred stock was redeemed in December 1989, and is
    no longer authorized for issuance.

    On August 3, 1999, the Board of Directors of the Company adopted a
    Shareholder Rights Plan and declared a dividend of one preference share
    purchase right (a "Right") for each outstanding share of Common Stock, par
    value $ .10 per share (the "Common Shares"), of the Company.  The dividend
    was paid to stockholders of record on August 16, 1999. Each Right entitles
    the registered holder to purchase from the Company one one-hundredth of a
    share of Series D Participating Preference Stock, par value $1.00 per share
    of the Company at a price of $24.00 per one one-hundredth of a Preference
    Share subject to adjustment under certain circumstances.  The description
    and terms of the Rights are set forth in a Rights Agreement dated as of
    August 3, 1999, between the Company and American Stock Transfer & Trust
    Company, as Rights Agent.  The Rights may also, under certain conditions,
    entitle the holders (other than any Acquiring Person, as defined), to
    receive Common Stock of the Company, Common Stock of an entity acquiring the
    Company, or other consideration, each having a market value of two times the
    exercise price of each Right.

    Three hundred and fifty-thousand Preference Shares have been designated as
    Series D Preference Shares and are reserved for issuance under the Plan. The
    Rights are redeemable by the Company at a price of $.001 per Right under the
    conditions provided in the Plan. If not exercised or redeemed (or exchanged
    by the Company), the Rights expire on August 2, 2009.

    Stock Options and Warrants
    --------------------------

    The Company has granted options and warrants to purchase shares of the
    Company's Common Stock at prices at or in excess of market value at the date
    of grant.  The options and warrants were granted under various plans or by
    specific grants approved by the Company's Board of Directors.

                                       53
<PAGE>

          Option and warrant transactions are summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      ---------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Shares Under Options and
                                                                                  Warrants               Option Price
                                                                      ---------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                       <C>                        <C>
October 1, 1996                                                                    3,295,050         $  3.88  -  $ 21.50
Granted                                                                              587,000            6.38  -     7.13
Exercised, expired or canceled                                                       (75,050)           3.88  -    12.63
                                                                      ---------------------------------------------------
September 30, 1997                                                                 3,807,000            3.88  -    21.50
Granted                                                                              116,000            7.00  -     7.19
Exercised, expired or canceled                                                      (169,000)           3.88  -    21.50
                                                                      ---------------------------------------------------
September 30, 1998                                                                 3,754,000            4.88  -    21.50
Granted                                                                              209,000            7.90  -     8.00
Exercised, expired or canceled                                                       (75,000)           5.63  -    21.50
                                                                      ---------------------------------------------------
September 30, 1999                                                                 3,888,000         $  4.88  -  $ 14.00
                                                                      ---------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

    In February 1992, the Company issued $40,000,000 in Azide Notes with
    Warrants. See Note 6 for a description of the Warrants. Shares under options
    and warrants at September 30, 1999 include approximately 2,857,000 Warrants
    at a price of $14 per Warrant.

    The following table summarizes information about stock options and warrants
    outstanding at September 30, 1999:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      Options and Warrants Outstanding                          Options Exercisable
                              ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           Average Remaining
        Range of                Number        Contractual          Weighted Average                       Weighted Average
     Exercise Price          Outstanding      Life (Years)          Exercise Price   Number Exercisable    Exercise Price
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                         <C>              <C>                     <C>               <C>                  <C>
 $         4.88                  40,000              .50                  $ 4.88              40,000              $ 4.88
  6.38  -  8.00                 991,000             3.20                    7.16             841,500                7.07
          14.00               2,857,000             4.25                   14.00           2,857,000               14.00
                          -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              3,888,000             3.90                  $12.94           3,738,500              $13.07
                          =================================================================================================
</TABLE>

    The Company has adopted the disclosures-only provision of SFAS No. 123,
    "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation". The Company applies Accounting
    Principles Board ("APB") Opinion No.25 and related interpretations in
    accounting for its stock options. Under APB No.25, no compensation cost has
    been recognized in the financial statements for stock options granted. The
    fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the
    Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Had compensation costs for the stock
    option grants been determined based on the fair value at the date of grant
    for awards consistent with the provision of SAFS No. 123, the Company's
    diluted net income (loss) per common share would have changed to the pro
    forma amounts indicated below for the years ended September 30:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               --------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     1999                 1998                    1997
                                                               --------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                              <C>                  <C>                    <C>
Net income (loss) - as reported                                   $11,439,000          $(2,011,000)           $(48,685,000)
Net income (loss) - pro forma                                      10,941,000           (2,680,000)            (49,791,000)

Diluted net income (loss) per share - as reported                 $      1.39          $      (.24)           $      (6.01)
Diluted net income (loss) per share - pro forma                          1.33                 (.32)                  (6.14)
                                                               --------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

    The fair value of each option granted was estimated using the following
    assumptions for the Black-Scholes options pricing model: (i) no dividends;
    (ii) expected volatility ranging from 50% to 55%, (iii) risk free interest
    rates averaging 5.8% in 1999, 5.5% in 1998 and 6.1% in 1997 and (iv) the
    expected average life of 3.3 years. The weighted average fair values of the
    options granted were $3.26, $2.71 and $2.97 in the fiscal years 1999, 1998
    and 1997, respectively. Because the SFAS No. 123 method of

                                       54
<PAGE>

    accounting has not been applied to options granted prior to October 1, 1996,
    the resulting pro forma net income may not be representative of that to be
    expected in future years.

12. SEGMENT INFORMATION

    The Company's three reportable operating segments are specialty chemicals,
    environmental protection equipment and real estate sales and development.
    These segments are based upon business units that offer distinct products
    and services, are operationally managed separately and produce products
    using different production methods.

    The Company evaluates the performance of each operating segment and
    allocates resources based upon operating income or loss before an allocation
    of interest expense and income taxes. The accounting policies of each
    reportable operating segment are the same as those of the Company.

    The Company's specialty chemicals segment manufacturers and sells
    perchlorate chemicals used principally in solid rocket propellants for the
    space shuttle and defense programs, sodium azide used principally in the
    inflation of certain automotive airbag systems and Halotron (TM) I, a clean
    gas fire suppression agent designed to replace Halon 1211. The specialty
    chemicals segment production facilities are located in Iron County, Utah.
    Perchlorate chemical sales comprised approximately 75%, 70% and 60% of
    specialty chemical segment sales during the fiscal years ended September 30,
    1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively. The Company had three customers that
    accounted for 10% or more of both the Company's and the specialty chemical
    segment's sales during the last three fiscal years. Sales to these customers
    during the fiscal years ended September 30 were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Customer                  Chemical                              1999                      1998                      1997
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                         <C>                          <C>                       <C>                       <C>
       A                    Perchlorates                         $25,814,000               $20,421,000               $15,661,000
       B                    Perchlorates                          10,197,000                 8,633,000                 4,614,000
       C                    Sodium Azide                          12,406,000                 9,884,000                11,715,000
</TABLE>

    During fiscal 1997, the Company recognized an impairment charge of
    approximately $52.6 million associated with the sodium azide operations of
    the specialty chemicals segment.  (See Note 13).  In fiscal 1998, the
    Company acquired certain intangible assets related to the production and
    sale of AP from Kerr-McGee and entered into long-term agreements with
    respect to the supply of AP to the two major domestic AP users. (See
    Note 7).

    The specialty chemicals operating segment is subject to various federal,
    state and local environmental and safety regulations. The Company has
    designed and implemented policies and procedures to minimize the risk of
    potential violations of these regulations, although such risks will likely
    always be present in the production and sale of the Company's specialty
    chemicals. (See Note 10).

    The Company's environmental protection equipment operating segment designs,
    manufactures and markets systems for the control of noxious odors, the
    disinfection of waste water streams and the treatment of seawater. These
    operations are also located in Iron County, Utah.

    At September 30, 1999, the Company's real estate operating segment had
    approximately 80 remaining acres of improved land in the Gibson Business
    Park near Las Vegas, Nevada, that is held for development and sale. Activity
    during the last three fiscal years has consisted of sales of land parcels.
    Although not included in operating activities, this segment also has an
    equity investment in a residential joint venture that is located across the
    street from the Gibson Business Park. (See Note 5).

    Additional information about the Company's operations in different segments
    for each of the last three fiscal years ended September 30, is provided
    below.

                                       55
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                -----------------------------------------------
                                                                      1999            1998            1997
                                                                -----------------------------------------------
<S>                                                             <C>                <C>             <C>
Revenues:
 Specialty chemicals                                               $ 64,497,000    $ 47,718,000    $ 37,976,000
 Environmental protection                                             2,121,000       2,153,000       2,429,000
 Real estate                                                          6,216,000       2,468,000       3,645,000
                                                                -----------------------------------------------
 Total revenues                                                    $ 72,834,000    $ 52,339,000    $ 44,050,000
                                                                ===============================================
Gross profit (loss):
 Specialty chemicals                                               $ 23,526,000    $ 14,273,000    $  5,200,000
 Environmental protection                                              (247,000)        733,000         432,000
 Real estate                                                          4,096,000       1,559,000       2,016,000
                                                                -----------------------------------------------
 Total segment gross profit                                        $ 27,375,000    $ 16,565,000    $  7,648,000
                                                                ===============================================
Operating income (loss):
 Specialty chemicals                                               $ 14,847,000    $  6,422,000    $(55,227,000)
 Environmental protection                                              (888,000)         (2,000)       (659,000)
 Real estate                                                          3,485,000       1,082,000       1,624,000
                                                                -----------------------------------------------
 Total segment operating income (loss)                               17,444,000       7,502,000     (54,262,000)

 General corporate                                                     (468,000)       (201,000)     (3,838,000)
 Equity in earnings of real estate venture                                              300,000         200,000
 Net interest                                                        (5,363,000)     (4,440,000)       (886,000)
                                                                -----------------------------------------------
 Income (loss) before income taxes and extraordinary losses        $ 11,613,000    $  3,161,000    $(58,786,000)
                                                                ===============================================
Depreciation and amortization:
 Specialty chemicals                                               $  6,905,000    $  4,718,000    $  6,749,000
 All other segments and corporate                                       291,000         604,000         936,000
                                                                -----------------------------------------------
 Total depreciation and amortization                               $  7,196,000    $  5,322,000    $  7,685,000
                                                                ===============================================
Capital Expenditures:
 Specialty chemicals                                               $  1,820,000    $  2,284,000    $  1,524,000
 All other segments and corporate                                       280,000         482,000          33,000
                                                                -----------------------------------------------
 Total capital expenditures                                        $  2,100,000    $  2,766,000    $  1,557,000
                                                                ===============================================
Assets:
 Specialty chemicals                                               $ 67,750,000    $ 76,265,000    $ 32,166,000
 Environmental protection                                             1,954,000       1,345,000       1,667,000
 Real estate                                                         18,347,000      23,881,000      29,215,000
 Corporate                                                           44,831,000      29,268,000      27,033,000
                                                                -----------------------------------------------
 Total assets                                                      $132,882,000    $130,759,000    $ 90,081,000
                                                                ===============================================
</TABLE>

    The Company's operations are located in the United States. Export sales,
    consisting almost entirely of environmental protection equipment sales to
    the Far and Middle East, have represented only approximately 2% to 3% of the
    Company's revenues during each of the last three fiscal years.

13. SODIUM AZIDE

    In July 1990, the Company entered into agreements (the "Azide Agreements")
    pursuant to which Dynamit Nobel licensed to the Company on an exclusive
    basis for the North American market its most advanced technology and know-
    how for the production of sodium azide, the principal component of the gas
    generant used in automotive airbag safety systems. In addition, Dynamit
    Nobel provided technical support for the design, construction and start-up
    of the facility.

    Under the Azide Agreements, Dynamit Nobel was to receive, for the use of its
    technology and know-how relating to its batch production process of
    manufacturing sodium azide, quarterly royalty payments of 5% of the
    quarterly net sales of sodium azide by AAC for a period of 15 years from the
    date the Company begins to produce sodium azide in commercial quantities. In
    July 1996, the Company and Dynamit Nobel agreed to suspend the royalty
    payment effective as of July 1, 1995.

                                       56
<PAGE>

    In May 1997, the Company entered into a three-year agreement with Autoliv
    ASP, Inc. ("Autoliv") (formerly Morton International Automotive Safety
    Products). The agreement provides for the Company to supply sodium azide
    used by Autoliv in the manufacture of automotive airbags. Deliveries under
    the contract commenced in July 1997. The agreement has been extended an
    additional six months through December 31, 2000.

    The Company initially believed that demand for sodium azide in North America
    and the world would substantially exceed existing manufacturing capacity and
    announced expansions or new facilities (including the Company's plant) by
    the 1994 model year (which for sodium azide sales purposes is the period
    June 1993 through May 1994). Currently, demand for sodium azide is
    substantially less than supply on a worldwide basis. By reason of this
    industry capacity underutilization, and other factors discussed below, there
    exists considerable pressure on the price of sodium azide.

    The Company believes that the price erosion of sodium azide over the past
    few years has been due, in part, to unlawful pricing procedures of Japanese
    sodium azide producers. In response to such practices, in January 1996, the
    Company filed an antidumping petition with the International Trade
    Commission ("ITC") and the Department of Commerce ("Commerce"). In August
    1996, Commerce issued a preliminary determination that Japanese imports of
    sodium azide have been sold in the United States at prices that are
    significantly below fair value. Commerce's preliminary dumping determination
    applied to all Japanese imports of sodium azide, regardless of end-use.
    Commerce's preliminary determination followed a March 1996 preliminary
    determination by ITC that dumped Japanese imports have caused material
    injury to the U.S. sodium azide industry.

    On January 7, 1997, the anti-dumping investigation initiated by Commerce,
    based upon the Company's petition, against the three Japanese producers of
    sodium azide was suspended by agreement. It is the Company's understanding
    that, by reason of the Suspension Agreement, two of the three Japanese
    sodium azide producers have ceased their exports of sodium azide to the
    United States for the time being. As to the third and largest Japanese
    sodium azide producer, which has not admitted any prior unlawful conduct,
    the Suspension Agreement requires that it make all necessary price revisions
    to eliminate all United States sales at below "Normal Value," and that it
    conform to the requirements of sections 732 and 733 of the Tariff Act of
    1930, as amended, in connection with its future sales of sodium azide in the
    United States.

    The Suspension Agreement contemplates a cost-based determination of "Normal
    Value" and establishes reporting and verification procedures to assure
    compliance. Accordingly, the minimum pricing for sodium azide sold in the
    United States by the remaining Japanese producer will be based primarily on
    its actual costs, and may be affected by changes in the relevant exchange
    rates.

    Finally, the Suspension Agreement provides that it may be terminated by any
    party on 60 days' notice, in which event the anti-dumping proceeding would
    be re-instituted at the stage to which it had advanced at the time the
    Suspension Agreement became effective.

    The Company incurred significant operating losses in its sodium azide
    operation in the fiscal year 1997 and prior fiscal years. Such operating
    history was partially expected by the Company as a result of the generally
    lengthy process of qualification for use of new material in automotive
    safety equipment. Sodium azide performance improved in the fourth quarter of
    fiscal 1997, principally as a result of additional sodium azide deliveries
    under the Autoliv agreement referred to above, and the operations were cash
    flow positive during the year ended September 30, 1997. Capacity utilization
    rates increased from approximately 45% in the third quarter of fiscal 1997
    to approximately 55% in the fourth quarter of 1997. However, even though
    performance improved, management's view of the economics of the sodium azide
    market changed significantly during the fourth quarter of fiscal 1997.
    During late August,

                                       57
<PAGE>

    September, October and November of 1997 the following events or developments
    occurred that changed the Company's view of the economics of the sodium
    azide market:

    .  The Company was unsuccessful in its attempts to sell sodium azide to
       major users other than Autoliv. With the procurement cycle for the
       automotive model year beginning in July or August, the Company previously
       believed it would be successful in achieving significant sales to other
       major users.

    .  One major inflator manufacturer announced the acquisition of non-azide
       based inflator technology and that they intended to be in the market with
       this new technology by model year 1999.  This announcement, coupled with
       the fact that other inflator manufacturers appear to be pursuing non-
       azide based inflator technology more aggressively than before, caused a
       reduction in the Company's estimates of annual sodium azide demand
       requirements and, possibly more importantly, the duration that such
       requirements would exist.

    .  The effects of the antidumping petition appeared to have been fully
       incorporated into the sodium azide market by the end of fiscal 1997.  At
       September 30, 1997, management believed that the antidumping related
       environment would remain unchanged as a result of the continued strength
       and outlook of the U.S. dollar relative to the Japanese yen (the home
       country currency of the Company's major competitor).

    As a result of these events and developments, the Company's view of the
    economics of the sodium azide market and the Company's future participation
    in such market degraded substantially by October 30, 1997 and management
    concluded that the cash flows associated with sodium azide operations would
    not be sufficient to recover the Company's investment in sodium azide
    related fixed assets. As quoted market prices were not available, the
    present value of estimated future cash flows was used to estimate the fair
    value of sodium azide fixed assets. Under the requirements of SFAS No. 121,
    and as a result of this valuation technique, an impairment charge of $52.6
    million was recognized in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1997.

    This impairment charge was recorded as a reduction of the sodium azide
    building and equipment and related accumulated depreciation in the amounts
    of approximately $69.5 million and $16.9 million, respectively, to reduce
    the carrying value of these assets to $13.5 million, or the estimate of
    their fair value.

    The Company will continue to use the sodium azide assets in its operations
    as long as the cash flows generated from the use of such assets are
    positive. The Company estimates that cash flows will be negligible around
    calendar 2005 and as such the sodium azide assets are being depreciated over
    the lesser of their useful lives or through fiscal 2005.

14. HALOTRON(TM)

    In August 1991, the Company entered into an agreement (the "Halotron(TM)
    Agreement") granting the Company the option to acquire the exclusive
    worldwide rights to manufacture and sell Halotron I (a replacement for halon
    1211). Halotron(TM) products are fire suppression systems, including a
    series of chemical compounds and application technologies, designed to
    replace halons, chemicals presently in wide use as a fire suppression agent
    in military, industrial, commercial and residential applications. The
    Halotron(TM) Agreement provides for disclosure to the Company of all
    confidential and proprietary information concerning Halotron(TM) I.

    In February 1992, the Company determined to acquire the rights provided for
    in the Halotron(TM) Agreement, gave notice to that effect to the inventors
    (the "Inventors"), and exercised its option. In

                                       58
<PAGE>

    addition to the exclusive license to manufacture and sell Halotron(TM) I,
    the rights acquired by the Company include rights under all present and
    future patents relating to Halotron(TM) I throughout the world, rights to
    related and follow-on products and technologies and product and technology
    improvements, rights to reclaim, store and distribute halon and rights to
    utilize the productive capacity of the Inventors' Swedish manufacturing
    facility. Upon exercise of the option, the Company paid the sum of $0.7
    million (the exercise price of $1.0 million, less advance payments
    previously made) and subsequently paid the further total sum of $1.5 million
    in monthly installments commencing in March 1992. A license agreement
    entered into between the Company and the Inventors provides for a royalty to
    the Inventors of 5% of the Company's net sales of Halotron(TM) I over a
    period of 15 years.

    In 1992, the Company sued the Inventors, claiming they had breached the
    agreements and contracts in which they had sold the rights to Halotron(TM).
    This initial litigation was settled when the Inventors promised to perform
    faithfully their duties and to honor the terms of the contracts that, among
    other things, gave the Company exclusive rights to the Halotron(TM)
    chemicals and delivery systems. Following the settlement of the initial
    litigation, however, the Inventors failed to perform the acts they had
    promised in order to secure dismissal of that litigation. As a result, the
    Company brought an action in the Utah state courts in March 1994, for the
    purpose of establishing the Company's exclusive rights to the Halotron(TM)
    chemicals and delivery systems. On August 15, 1994, the court entered a
    default judgment against the Inventors granting the injunctive relief
    requested by the Company and awarding damages in the amount of $42.2
    million. The trial court further ordered the Inventors to execute documents
    required for patent registration of Halotron(TM) in various countries. When
    the Inventors ignored this court order, the Court directed the Clerk of the
    Court to execute these documents on behalf of the Inventors. Finally, the
    Court ordered that the Inventors' rights to any future royalties from sales
    of Halotron(TM) I were terminated.

    In 1996, the Company initiated arbitration proceedings by filing a notice of
    Arbitration with the American Arbitration Association against the Inventors
    to enforce, among other things, the Company's rights under the Halotron(TM)
    Agreement. In August 1999, the Arbitration Panel (the "Tribunal") issued a
    partial award that required the Inventors to refrain from using the trade-
    name and know-how associated with Halotron(TM), to produce all documents,
    information and test data relating to the Halotron(TM) products, to allow
    the Company to inspect the Inventors' business location to verify compliance
    with the partial award, to disclose all patent, trademark or tradename
    applications related to Halotron(TM) products and transfer ownership of such
    to the Company, and to provide all documents relating to the sale of
    Halotron(TM) products.

    The Tribunal reserved its decision on monetary damages to which the Company
    may be entitled and rejected the Inventors' counterclaims except that the
    Inventors may be entitled to royalties after the date of the partial award
    if the Inventors fully comply with the requirements of the partial award.
    Based on information available to the Company, the Inventors have not
    complied with any of the requirements of the partial award. The Company is
    in the process of preparing a motion to the Tribunal seeking a final award.

15. EMPLOYEE SEPARATION AND MANAGEMENT REORGANIZATION COSTS

    During the fourth quarter of fiscal 1997, the Company implemented a
    management reorganization plan. As a result, the former Chief Executive
    Officer, Executive Vice President and two other senior executives separated
    their employment with the Company and the Company vacated approximately one-
    half of its leased corporate office facilities space. In addition,
    activities associated with the Company's environmental protection equipment
    division were relocated to the Company's Utah facilities.

    The Company recognized a charge of $3.6 million to account for the costs
    associated with the employee separations and vacating leased space. The
    charge consisted principally of four years of salary and

                                       59
<PAGE>

    benefits payable to the former Executive Vice President under the terms of
    an employment agreement, the accrued benefit liability relating to the
    former Chief Executive Officer under the terms of the Company's SERP and
    severance costs payable to the two other former senior executives.

    Relocation costs amounted to approximately $0.4 million and are classified
    in operating expenses in the accompanying consolidated statement of
    operations.

                                       60

<PAGE>

                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.3

                             CONSULTING AGREEMENT
                             (Fred D. Gibson, Jr.)



     This Consulting Agreement (the "Agreement") is made and entered into this
1st day of October, 1999, by and between American Pacific Corporation, a
Delaware corporation having its principal place of business at 3770 Howard
Hughes Parkway, Suite 300, Las Vegas, Nevada 89109 (the "Company"), and Fred D.
Gibson, Jr., an individual residing in Clark County, Nevada (the 'Executive').


                                   RECITALS:


          A.  The Company, through its subsidiary corporations, is engaged in
the manufacture of specialty chemicals, including Perchlorate chemicals, sodium
azide and Halotron(TM) fire suppression agents, and is engaged in the design and
manufacture of environmental protection products and real estate development.

          B.  The Executive is currently serving as a director of the Company.

          C.  The Executive is willing to agree to provide consulting services
to the Company, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.


          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and agreements herein
contained, and intending to be legally bound, the Company and the Executive
agree as follows:

          1.  Provision of Consulting, Services. The Company and the Executive
              ---------------------------------
agree that, for a term commencing on the Commencement Date and continuing
thereafter throughout the period or periods of time provided in this Agreement,
the Company will retain the Executive as a consultant, and the Executive will
provide consulting services to the Company.

          2.  Scope of Services.  After the Commencement Date the Executive
              -----------------
shall provide from time to time such consulting services to the Company and its
subsidiary corporations as the Company may request, and that the Executive shall
be willing and able to provide.  If, during  the  term of  this  Agreement  the
Executive is  acting  as a director of the Company, the Executive's service as a
director shall additionally be governed by the bylaws from time to time in
effect and by the laws of the state of incorporation of the Company.  The
Executive shall at all times perform his duties and discharge his
responsibilities under this Agreement diligently and conscientiously, and to the
best of his ability, and shall direct his best
<PAGE>

efforts to further and maximize the business and interests of the Company and
its stockholders, in accordance with sound business practices and applicable
laws and regulations.

          3.  Conflicts of Interest.  The Executive agrees that, during the term
              ---------------------
of this Agreement, he shall not act in any advisory or other capacity for any
individual, firm, association or corporation other than the Company and its
subsidiary corporations in matters in any way pertaining to any business or
undertaking in any way similar to or competitive with the business or activities
of the Company and its subsidiary corporations.

          4.  Commencement and Duration of Consulting Services. The Executive's
              -------------------------------------------------
service to the Company as a consultant shall commence on October 1, 1999.

          5.  Term and Termination of Agreement.  This Agreement shall have a
              ---------------------------------
term of one (1) year and the Executive's service as a consultant hereunder shall
terminate on September 30, 2000, or earlier, upon the first to occur of the
following events:

          (a) The death or total and permanent disability of the Executive;

          (b) The Company's election to terminate the Executive's service as a
consultant due to the material breach by the Executive of any of the Executive's
covenants under this Agreement, including, but not limited to, those covenants
set forth in Sections 7 through 9 hereof; or

          (c) Notice from the Executive that the Executive elects to discontinue
his service as a consultant to the Company.

Upon the occurrence of any of the events set forth in this Section 5, the
Executive shall be entitled to receive all compensation accrued hereunder to the
date of the termination, but shall not be entitled to any additional
compensation or benefits hereunder.

          6.  Compensation.
              -------------

          (a) In consideration  of  the  services  to be  provided  by the
Executive pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall pay to the Executive, at
monthly or more frequent intervals, an annual amount of $120,000.00 for which
the Company shall receive no more than forty hours (40 hrs.) per month of the
Executive's time.

          (b) All of the Company's obligations to the Executive hereunder, and
the Executive's right to receive compensation from the Company hereunder, are
hereby expressly made conditional upon the Executive's continued compliance with
all of the Executive's obligations hereunder, including without imitation the
provisions of Sections 2 and 7 through 9 hereof.

                              Exhibit 10.3 Page 2
<PAGE>

          7.   Noncompetition.
               ---------------

          (a)  The Executive shall not at any time during the period of the
Executive's service to the Company as a consultant or for a period of two years
thereafter render any services, directly or indirectly for any Competitor.

          (b)  The Executive shall not, at any time during the period of the
Executive's service to the Company as a consultant or for a period of two years
thereafter, influence or attempt to influence, either directly or indirectly,
any employee of the Company or of any affiliated entity to leave or terminate
such individual's employment with the Company or with an affiliate of the
Company.

          (c)  The Executive shall not, at any time during the period of the
Executive's service to the Company as a consultant or for a period of two years
thereafter, influence or attempt to influence, either directly or indirectly,
any customer or client of the Company or of any affiliated entity to discontinue
purchasing or using the products or services of, or to cancel or fail to renew a
contract with, the Company or an affiliate of the Company.

          (d)  For purposes of this Agreement, the term 'Competitor" shall mean
any individual (including the Executive) or entity that at any time is directly
or indirectly (for example, through an affiliated or controlled individual or
entity) engaged in or about to engage in the manufacture of Perchlorate
chemicals, sodium azide, fire suppression agents competitive with Halotron(TM)
fire suppression agents, or environmental protection products competitive with
those designed or manufactured by the Company and its subsidiaries.

          (e)  The Executive agrees and acknowledges that the breach by the
Executive of  any of the  provisions  of this Section  will cause Company
irreparable  damage, that the remedy at law for any such breach could be
inadequate, and that the Company, in addition to any other relief available to
it, shall be entitled to appropriate temporary and permanent injunctive relief
restraining Executive from committing or continuing such breach, without the
necessity of proving actual damages.  The Executive agrees to pay all costs and
attorneys' fees incurred by the Company in obtaining such injunctive or other
relief.

          8.   Confidential Information.
               ------------------------

          (a)  The Executive shall never, either during the period of the
Executive's service to the Company as a consultant or thereafter, use or employ
for any purpose or disclose to any other individual or entity any Confidential
Information. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that all Confidential
Information is proprietary to the Company, is extremely important to the
Company's business, and that the use by or disclosure of such Confidential
Information to a Competitor could materially and adversely affect the Company,
its business and its customers.

          (b)  Upon any termination of the period of the Executive's service to
the Company, the Executive shall leave with or return immediately to the Company
any and all

                              Exhibit 10.3 Page 3
<PAGE>

records and any and all compositions, articles, devices and other similar or
related items that disclose or contain any Confidential Information, including
all copies or specimens thereof, whether in the Executive's possession or under
the Executive's control, or whether prepared by the Executive or by others.

          (c) For purposes of this Agreement, the term 'Company" shall refer to
the Company and each of its subsidiary corporations, and to any other
corporation or entity that is owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by
Company or that is under common ownership or control with the Company.

          (d) For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Confidential
Information' shall mean information in any form that is not generally known to
the public that relates to the Company's past, present or future operations,
processes, products or services, or to any research, development, manufacture,
purchasing, accounting, engineering, marketing, merchandising, advertising,
selling, leasing, financing or business methods or techniques (including without
limitation customer lists, records of customer services, usages and
requirements, sketches and diagrams of Company or customer facilities and like
and similar information relating to actual or prospective customers) that is or
may be related thereto.  All information disclosed to the Executive or to which
the Executive obtains access during any period of the Executive's service to the
Company, whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, or to which the
Executive obtains access by reason of any such service to the Company, that the
Executive has a reasonable basis to believe is or may be Confidential
Information, shall be presumed for purposes of this Agreement to be Confidential
Information.

          9.  Inventions.
              ----------

          (a) Immediately upon its discovery or completion, the Executive shall
promptly and fully disclose each Invention in writing to the Company.  The
Executive shall make this disclosure regardless of whether an Invention is
discovered, conceived or completed by the Executive alone or jointly with
others, and regardless of whether or not the Invention is discovered, conceived
or completed in furtherance of the Executive's duties in the service of the
Company, whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, and regardless of
whether or not the Invention was discovered, conceived or completed during
normal working hours or on the premises of Company.

          (b) The Executive hereby assigns, and agrees to assign, to the Company
all of the Executive's rights in and to all Inventions and in and to any and all
letters patent or copyrights or applications therefor at any time granted or
made, whether in the United States of America or in any foreign nation, upon or
with respect to any Invention.

          (c) The Executive shall from time to time execute, acknowledge and
deliver promptly to the Company (without charge to the Company but at the
expense of the Company) such written instruments and documents, and shall take
such other and further action with respect to any Invention, as may be necessary
or desirable in order to enable the Company to

                              Exhibit 10.3 Page 4
<PAGE>

obtain and maintain patents and/or copyrights therein, or to vest the entire
right title and interest thereto in the Company.

          (d) The Executive shall not assert any rights under any Inventions as
having been made or acquired by the Executive prior to the commencement of the
Executive's employment by or service to the Company.

          (e) For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Inventions" means
discoveries, developments, improvements and ideas (whether or not shown or
described in writing or reduced to practice) and works of authorship (including
computer software), whether or not patentable or copyrightable, (i) that are or
may be related to the manufacture of Perchlorate chemicals, sodium azide, fire
suppression agents competitive with Halotron(TM) fire suppression agents, or
environmental protection products competitive with those designed or
manufactured by the Company and its subsidiaries, or to any research,
development, manufacture,  purchasing,  accounting,  engineering,  marketing,
merchandising, advertising, selling, leasing, financing or business methods or
techniques or any improvements to any of the foregoing; (ii) that relate to the
Company's actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development with
respect to any of the foregoing; (iii) that result from any services at any time
performed by the Executive for the Company, whether pursuant to this Agreement
or otherwise; (iv) for which equipment, supplies, facilities or trade secret
information of the Company is used; or (v) that are developed on any Company
time with respect to any activity referred to above.

          10. Survival.  The Executive's obligations set forth in Sections 7
              --------
through 9 hereof shall survive the expiration or other termination of this
Agreement and the period of the Executive's service to the Company.

          11. Notices, Any notice permitted or required to be given pursuant to
              -------
this Agreement shall deemed to have been given when appropriate notice thereof
has been be validly given or served in writing and delivered personally or sent
by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the following address:


          If to the Company or to any:       American Pacific Corporation
          subsidiary corporation             3770 Howard Hughes Parkway, Suite
                                             300 Las Vegas, NV 89109

          If to the Executive, to:           The Executive's address as set
                                             forth on the signature page to
                                             this Agreement


or to such other addresses as either party may hereafter designate to the other
in writing.

                              Exhibit 10.3 Page 5
<PAGE>

          12.  Governing Law, This Agreement is made and entered into, and is
               -------------
executed and delivered, in Clark County, Nevada, and shall be construed and
enforced in accordance with and shall be governed by the laws of the State of
Nevada.


          13.  Entire Understanding, This Agreement constitutes the entire
               --------------------
understanding and agreement between the Company and the Executive with regard to
all matters herein, and there are no other agreements, conditions, or
representations, oral or written, expressed or implied, with regard thereto
other than as referred to herein.  This Agreement may be amended only in
writing, signed by both parties hereto.


          14.  Severability, If any term or provision of this Agreement shall be
               ------------
held to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, such term or provision shall
be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without
invalidating the remaining terms and provisions hereof, and this Agreement shall
be construed as if such invalid or unenforceable term or provision has not been
contained herein.


          15.  Successors, This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the
               ----------
benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, administrators,
executors, and successors.  Neither party may assign any of its rights
hereunder, except that the Company and any subsidiary corporation may assign its
rights and delegate its duties hereunder to any entity that succeeds (whether by
merger, purchase or otherwise) to the assets or business of the Company or any
subsidiary corporation.


          16.  Consent to Jurisdiction.  The Executive agrees that any action or
               -----------------------
proceeding to enforce, or that arises out of, this Agreement may be commenced
and maintained in the district courts of the State of Nevada, or in the United
States District Court for the District of Nevada, and Executive hereby waives
any objection to the jurisdiction of said courts in any litigation arising
hereunder on the basis that such court is an inconvenient forum or otherwise.


          17.  Attorneys' Fees, In the event that this Agreement is breached by
               ---------------
either party, the breaching party shall be liable for all costs and attorneys'
fees incurred by the non-breaching party as a result of the breach or in
enforcing the terms of this Agreement.

                              Exhibit 10.3 Page 6
<PAGE>

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as
of the day and year first above written.


                              "Company"

                              AMERICAN PACIFIC CORPORATION, a
                              Delaware corporation


                              By    /s/ John R. Gibson
                                 ---------------------------------
                               Title     CEO
                                     -----------------------------



                              "Executive"


                                /s/ Fred D. Gibson, Jr.
                              ------------------------------------
                              Fred D. Gibson, Jr.

                              Address:  3204 Plaza de Rafael
                                        Las Vegas, NV 89102

                              Exhibit 10.3 Page 7

<PAGE>

                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.4




               AMENDED AND RESTATED AMERICAN PACIFIC CORPORATION

                          DEFINED BENEFIT PENSION PLAN



               As Amended and Restated Effective October 1, 1997
<PAGE>

                               Table of Contents
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                            <C>
Introduction...................................................................................................1
I        ......................................................................................................2
Definitions....................................................................................................2
1.01     Accrued Benefit.......................................................................................2
1.02     Active Participant....................................................................................2
1.03     Actuarial Equivalent..................................................................................2
1.04     Affiliated Group......................................................................................3
1.05     Annuity Starting Date.................................................................................3
1.06     Applicable Interest Rate..............................................................................3
1.07     Applicable Mortality Table............................................................................3
1.08     Beneficiary...........................................................................................3
1.09     Benefit...............................................................................................3
1.10     Board.................................................................................................3
1.11     Code..................................................................................................3
1.12     Company...............................................................................................3
1.13     Compensation..........................................................................................4
1.14     Covered Compensation..................................................................................6
1.15     Disability............................................................................................6
1.16     Disability Retirement Date............................................................................6
1.17     Early Retirement Age..................................................................................6
1.18     Early Retirement Date.................................................................................6
1.19     Effective Date........................................................................................6
1.20     Effective Date of this Restatement....................................................................7
1.21     Eligible Employee.....................................................................................7
1.22     Employee..............................................................................................7
1.23     Employer..............................................................................................7
1.24     Entry Date............................................................................................8
1.25     ERISA.................................................................................................8
1.26     Inactive Participant..................................................................................8
1.27     Late Retirement Date..................................................................................8
1.28     Normal Retirement Age.................................................................................8
1.29     Normal Retirement Date................................................................................8
1.30     Participant...........................................................................................8
1.31     Participating Employer................................................................................8
1.32     Plan..................................................................................................8
1.33     Plan Administrator....................................................................................8
1.34     Plan Year.............................................................................................8
1.35     Restatement...........................................................................................8
1.36     Retirement Benefit....................................................................................8
1.37     Social Security Retirement Age........................................................................9
1.38     Spouse................................................................................................9
1.39     Trust Agreement.......................................................................................9
1.40     Trust Fund............................................................................................9
1.41     Trustee...............................................................................................9
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                           <C>
1.42     Year of Service.......................................................................................9
II       .....................................................................................................12
Eligibility, Vesting and Benefit Service......................................................................12
2.01     Eligibility Requirements.............................................................................12
2.02     Participation upon Reemployment......................................................................12
2.03     Inactive Participants................................................................................13
2.04     Vesting Service......................................................................................13
2.05     Benefit Service......................................................................................13
2.06     Disregarded Service..................................................................................14
III      .....................................................................................................15
Retirement Benefits...........................................................................................15
3.01     Normal Retirement Benefit............................................................................15
3.02     Early Retirement Benefit.............................................................................17
3.03     Late Retirement Benefit..............................................................................17
3.04     Disability Retirement Benefit........................................................................18
3.05     No Duplication of Benefits...........................................................................19
3.06     Maximum Excess Allowance.............................................................................19
IV       .....................................................................................................22
Benefits upon Termination of Employment.......................................................................22
4.01     Deferred Normal Retirement Benefit...................................................................22
4.02     Deferred Early Retirement Benefit....................................................................22
4.03     Form of Payment......................................................................................23
V        .....................................................................................................24
Form and Payment of Retirement Benefits.......................................................................24
5.01     Normal Form of Benefit...............................................................................24
5.02     Other Forms of Benefit...............................................................................24
5.03     Waiver of Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity.......................................................25
5.04     Cash-out of Accrued Benefit..........................................................................27
5.05     Commencement of Benefits.............................................................................28
5.06     Methods of Distribution..............................................................................29
5.07     Suspension of Benefits...............................................................................30
5.08     Direct Rollover Distributions........................................................................32
VI       .....................................................................................................34
Preretirement Death Benefits..................................................................................34
6.01     Eligibility for Death Benefit........................................................................34
6.02     Amount of Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity...................................................34
6.03     Alternative Death Benefit............................................................................35
6.04     Cash-out of Accrued Benefit..........................................................................36
6.05     Time of Payment......................................................................................36
VII      .....................................................................................................37
Limitations on Benefits.......................................................................................37
7.01     Limitation on Annual Benefit.........................................................................37
7.02     Reduction for Less than 10 Years of Participation or Service.........................................38
7.03     Preservation of Current Accrued Benefit..............................................................38
VIII     .....................................................................................................40
Top-Heavy Rules...............................................................................................40
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                           <C>
8.01     Top-Heavy Determination..............................................................................40
8.02     Vesting..............................................................................................43
8.03     Minimum Benefits.....................................................................................44
8.04     Limitation on Benefits...............................................................................45
IX       .....................................................................................................46
Plan Administration...........................................................................................46
9.01     Plan Administrator...................................................................................46
9.02     General Powers, Rights and Duties....................................................................46
9.03     Manner of Action.....................................................................................47
9.04     Interested Committee Member..........................................................................48
9.05     Resignation or Removal of Committee Members..........................................................48
9.06     Nondiscrimination....................................................................................48
9.07     Delegation and Reliance..............................................................................48
9.08     Claims Procedure.....................................................................................48
9.09     Plan Administrator's Decision Final..................................................................49
9.10     Standard of Review...................................................................................49
9.11     Information Required by Plan Administrator...........................................................50
9.12     Expenses of the Plan.................................................................................50
9.13     Freedom from Liability...............................................................................50
X        .....................................................................................................51
Amendment or Termination......................................................................................51
10.01    Amendment or Modification of the Plan................................................................51
10.02    Termination of the Plan..............................................................................51
10.03    Distribution upon Termination of the Plan............................................................51
10.04    Residual Assets......................................................................................52
10.05    Restriction on Distribution of Benefits..............................................................52
10.06    Repayment of Restricted Amounts......................................................................53
XI       .....................................................................................................54
Funding of the Plan...........................................................................................54
11.01    Establishment of Trust...............................................................................54
11.02    Employer Contributions...............................................................................54
11.03    Funding Standards....................................................................................54
11.04    Changes in Funding Medium or Method..................................................................54
11.05    Purchase of Annuities................................................................................55
11.06    No Diversion.........................................................................................55
11.07    Treatment of Forfeitures.............................................................................55
11.08    Return of Contributions..............................................................................55
11.09    Litigation by Participants or Beneficiaries..........................................................56
XII      .....................................................................................................57
General Provisions............................................................................................57
12.01    Non-Alienation.......................................................................................57
12.02    Substitute Payee.....................................................................................58
12.03    Absence of Guarantee.................................................................................58
12.04    No Contract..........................................................................................58
12.05    Missing Persons......................................................................................58
12.06    Corporate Change.....................................................................................59
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                           <C>
12.07    Merger...............................................................................................59
12.08    USERRA...............................................................................................61
XIII     .....................................................................................................60
Adoption of the Plan by Other Entities........................................................................60
13.01    Adoption of Plan.....................................................................................60
13.02    Withdrawal from Plan.................................................................................60
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

                                  Introduction


The Amended and Restated American Pacific Corporation Defined Benefit Pension
Plan (hereinafter the "Plan") was first established effective October 1, 1987 by
American Pacific Corporation (the "Company") for the benefit of Eligible
Employees.  It has now been amended and restated effective October 1, 1997,
except as otherwise provided herein.

The rights and benefits of Participants who are Active Participants in the Plan
on or after the Effective Date of this Restatement shall be determined as
provided in this amended and restated Plan.  The rights and benefits of any
Participant who was not an Active Participant on or after the Effective Date of
this Restatement, but who is entitled to benefits under the Plan, shall be
determined in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Plan in effect at
the time such Participant separated from service, except as required by
applicable law or regulation or except as specifically provided or changed by
subsequent amendments.

The Plan has been amended and restated to comply with the Tax Reform Act of 1986
and certain other laws and regulations including, without limitation, the
Unemployment Compensation Amendments of 1992, the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation
Act of 1993, the Retirement Protection Act of 1994, the Small Business Jobs
Protection Act of 1996, the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997, and the Internal
Revenue Service Restructuring and Reform Act of 1998, which have become
effective since the Plan was last amended.  It is intended that the Plan,
together with the Trust Agreement, meet all the requirements of ERISA as amended
and qualify under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code. Except as otherwise
provided, the Plan and all matters relating thereto shall be governed, construed
and administered in accordance with the applicable laws of the United States and
the State of Nevada.

                             Exhibit 10.4  Page 1
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE I

                                  Definitions


The following terms used in the Plan have the meanings ascribed to them in
Article I unless a different meaning is plainly required by the context.  Some
of the words and phrases used in the Plan are not defined in this Article I,
but, for convenience, are defined as they are introduced into the text.  Words
in one gender should be deemed to include the other gender. Nouns and pronouns
stated in the singular should be deemed to include the plural and the plural
should be deemed to include the singular whenever appropriate.  Any headings
used herein are included for ease of reference only, and are not to be construed
so as to alter any of the terms of the Plan.

1.01  Accrued Benefit   means the amount of the monthly Retirement Benefit a
      ---------------
      Participant has earned as of the applicable determination date payable at
      Normal Retirement Date and shall be determined as provided in Section
      3.01, using Final Average Compensation, Benefit Service and Covered
      Compensation as of the determination date.

1.02  Active Participant   means any Participant who is employed by a
      ------------------
      Participating Employer as an Eligible Employee on a determination date.

1.03  Actuarial Equivalent   means a benefit that is of equal value at the date
      --------------------
      of determination to the benefits for which they are to be substituted. For
      purposes of this Plan, the following conventions shall be used to
      calculate Actuarial Equivalence.

      (a)  Except as provided in (c), for all purposes other than lump sum
           benefits, Actuarial Equivalence shall be based on an interest rate of
           seven percent (7%) and mortality rates from the 1984 Unisex Mortality
           Table.

      (b)  Except as provided in (c), for lump sum benefits effective for
           distributions on and after September 27, 1995, Actuarial Equivalence
           shall be based on the Applicable Interest Rate and the Applicable
           Mortality Table.

      (c)  For the purpose of Section 7.01, if the annual retirement benefit is
           payable in a form other than a life annuity payable for the life of
           the Participant or the joint lives of the Participant and Spouse,
           then effective October 1, 1995, Actuarial Equivalence shall be based
           on either the Plan's actuarial factors or five percent (5%) interest
           and the Applicable Mortality Table, whichever factors produce the
           higher life annuity. In the preceding sentence, the Applicable
           Interest Rate shall be substituted for five percent (5%) for benefit
           forms subject to Section 417(e)(3) of the Code.

                             Exhibit 10.4  Page 2
<PAGE>

1.04  Affiliated Group   means the Company and all other entities required to be
      ----------------
      aggregated with the Company under Sections 414(b), (c), (m), or (o) of the
      Code but only in the period during which such other entity is required to
      be so aggregated with the Company.

1.05  Annuity Starting Date   means the first day of the first period for which
      ---------------------
      an amount is payable as an annuity, or in the case of a benefit not
      payable in the form of an annuity, the first day on which all events have
      occurred which entitle the Participant to such a benefit.

1.06  Applicable Interest Rate   means the annual rate of interest on 30-year
      ------------------------
      Treasury securities, as specified by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue,
      for the month in which falls the Annuity Starting Date for the
      distribution.

1.07  Applicable Mortality Table   means the table prescribed by the Secretary
      --------------------------
      of the Treasury under Section 417(e)(3) of the Code. As of October 1,
      1995, the Applicable Mortality Table is the 1983 Group Annuity Mortality
      Table converted to a unisex basis by assuming fifty percent (50%) males.

1.08  Beneficiary   means a person or entity designated as such by a
      -----------
      Participant, on a form provided by the Plan Administrator, to receive
      benefits payable as a result of the Participant's participation in the
      Plan upon the Participant's death. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence,
      the Beneficiary shall be the Participant's Spouse at the time of death,
      unless:

      (a)  The Participant has no Spouse at the time of death, or

      (b)  The Participant's Spouse consents in writing to the Participant's
           designation of an alternate Beneficiary in the manner prescribed in
           Article V and Article VI, or

      (c)  The Participant's Spouse cannot be located.

      If the Participant has no Spouse at the time of death, or if no other
      person designated as Beneficiary survives the Participant, the Beneficiary
      shall be the Participant's estate.

1.09  Benefit   means Retirement Benefit.
      -------

1.10  Board   means the Board of Directors of the Company.
      -----

1.11  Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended from time to time.
      ----
      All references to specific Code sections are deemed to be references to
      such sections as they may be amended or superseded.

1.12  Company means American Pacific Corporation.
      -------

                             Exhibit 10.4  Page 3
<PAGE>

1.13  Compensation.
      ------------

      (a)  Compensation means the Participant's Section 415 Compensation during
           ------------
           employment with the Employer for the Plan Year except as provided
           below. Compensation shall include any amount which is contributed by
           the Employer pursuant to a salary reduction agreement and which is
           not includible in the gross income of the Employee under Sections
           125, 402(e)(3), 402(h) or 403(b) of the Code.

           Compensation of each Participant taken into account under the Plan
           for determining all benefits provided under the Plan for any
           determination period shall not exceed the limit on Compensation
           prescribed in Section 401(a)(17) of the Code (the "Section 401(a)(17)
           Limit"). For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988 and before
           January 1, 1994, this limitation shall be two hundred thousand
           dollars ($200,000), adjusted at the same time and in the same manner
           as under Section 415(d) of the Code, except that the first adjustment
           to the limit is effected on January 1, 1990. For Plan Years beginning
           on or after January 1, 1994, the limit is one hundred fifty thousand
           dollars ($150,000), as adjusted for increases in the cost of living
           in accordance with Section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code. The cost of
           living adjustment in effect on January 1 of any calendar year shall
           apply to any determination period beginning in such calendar year.
           For this purpose, the "determination period" is any period not
           exceeding twelve (12) months over which Compensation is determined.
           If a determination period consists of fewer than twelve (12) months,
           the Section 401(a)(17) Limit will be multiplied by a fraction, the
           numerator of which is the number of months in the determination
           period, and the denominator of which is twelve (12).

           For Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1997, in determining the
           Compensation of a Participant for purposes of this limitation, the
           rules of Section 414(q)(6) of the Code shall apply, except in
           applying such rules, the term "family" shall include only the Spouse
           of the Participant and any lineal descendant of the Participant who
           has not attained age nineteen (19) before the close of the year. If,
           as a result of the application of such rules, the adjusted Section
           401(a)(17) Limit is exceeded, then (except for purposes of
           determining the portion of Compensation up to the integration level),
           the limitation shall be prorated among the affected individuals in
           proportion to each such individual's Compensation as determined under
           this Section prior to the application of this limitation. This
           paragraph shall not apply for Plan Years beginning on and after
           January 1, 1997.

           If Compensation for any prior determination period is taken into
           account in determining a Participant's benefits accruing in the
           current Plan Year, the Compensation for the prior determination
           period is subject to the adjusted 401(a)(17) Limit in effect for that
           prior determination period. For this purpose, for benefits accruing
           in Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1989 and before
           January 1, 1994 with respect to determination periods beginning
           before January 1, 1990, the Section 401(a)(17) Limit is two hundred
           thousand dollars

                             Exhibit 10.4  Page 4
<PAGE>

           ($200,000). Furthermore, for benefits accruing in Plan Years
           beginning on or after January 1, 1994 with respect to determination
           periods beginning before the first day of the first plan year
           beginning on or after January 1, 1994, the Section 401(a)(17) limit
           is one hundred and fifty thousand dollars ($150,000).

           Section 401(a)(17) Participants - 1994 Fresh Start.
           --------------------------------------------------

           For the purpose of applying this subsection (a), the benefit formula
           in Section 3.01 shall be applied so that the Accrued Benefit of any
           Section 401(a)(17) Participant or Statutory Section 401(a)(17)
           Participant in any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1993 will
           be equal to the greater of (1) or (2) where

           (1)  means the sum of his Accrued Benefit on the last day of the last
                Plan Year beginning in 1993, frozen in accordance with Treasury
                Regulation Section 1.401(a)(4)-13, and his Accrued Benefit based
                on the benefit formula under the Plan as amended for Plan Years
                beginning after 1993, taking into account only Years of Benefit
                Service beginning after 1993 and

           (2)  means his Accrued Benefit based on the benefit formula under the
                Plan as amended for Plan Years beginning after 1993, taking into
                account his total Years of Benefit Service.

           For the purpose of this subsection, a Statutory Section 401(a)(17)
           Participant means a Participant with an Accrued Benefit as of a date
           on or after the first day of the first Plan Year beginning on or
           after January 1, 1994 that was determined taking into account
           Compensation for a Plan Year beginning prior to 1989 in excess of two
           hundred thousand dollars ($200,000) for any year. Also for the
           purpose of this subsection (2), a Section 401(a)(17) Participant
           means a Participant with an Accrued Benefit as of a date on or after
           the first day of the first Plan Year beginning on or after January 1,
           1994 that was determined taking into account Compensation for a Plan
           Year beginning prior to 1994 in excess of one hundred fifty thousand
           dollars ($150,000) for any year.

      (b)  Final Average Compensation means the monthly average of a
           --------------------------
           Participant's Compensation over any sixty (60) consecutive month
           period preceding the termination of employment or retirement which
           produces the highest average.

           If a Participant does not have the requisite amount of service
           described above, Final Average Compensation shall be determined on
           the basis of his entire period of employment as an Employee preceding
           the determination date.

           The provisions of this subsection (b) shall in no case reduce the
           Final Average Compensation of any individual who was employed by an
           Employer as an Employee on September 30, 1989, to an amount that is
           less than such individual's Final Average Compensation as of such
           date, computed in accordance with the terms of the Plan in effect on
           that date.

                             Exhibit 10.4  Page 5
<PAGE>

      (c)  Section 415 Compensation means the Participant's wages, within the
           ------------------------
           meaning of Section 3401(a) of the Code and all other payments of
           compensation to the Participant by the Employer (in the course of the
           Employer's trade or business) for which the Employer is required to
           furnish the Participant a written statement under Sections 6041(d),
           6051(a)(3) and 6052 of the Code. Effective for Plan Years beginning
           on and after January 1, 1998, Section 415 Compensation shall include
           amounts not includible in gross income of the Employee under Sections
           125, 402(e)(3), 402(h) or 403(b) of the Code. This definition may be
           modified to exclude amounts paid by the Employer as reimbursement for
           moving expenses incurred by the Employee to the extent that at the
           time of payment it is reasonable to believe that these amounts are
           deductible by the Employee under Section 217 of the Code. Section 415
           Compensation must be determined without regard to any rules that
           limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or
           location of the employment or the services performed.

1.14  Covered Compensation means, for a Plan Year, a Participant's Compensation
      --------------------
      (determined in accordance with definition of Compensation set forth in
      this Plan) that is not in excess of the applicable wage base determined in
      accordance with the 1988 Covered Compensation Table.

1.15  Disability means total and permanent disability.  A Participant will be
      ----------
      considered Disabled or under a Disability if he is qualified for Social
      Security disability benefits. From time to time, the Employer may
      similarly require proof of the continued Disability of the Participant. If
      the Plan Administrator determines from such evidence that the Disability
      of such Participant has ceased and that his Social Security disability
      benefits have terminated and he has not reached his Normal Retirement Date
      or returned to Employment, all his rights to any benefits payable
      thereafter under this Plan on account of such Disability shall cease. If
      such Participant refuses for a period of 12 consecutive months to furnish
      to the Plan Administrator reasonable information requested by the Plan
      Administrator for such determination, then all his rights to any benefit
      under this Plan on account of such Disability shall cease.

1.16  Disability Retirement Date means the first day of the month following
      --------------------------
      Disability upon which the Participant would have been eligible to receive
      a Normal Retirement Benefit had his employment with the Employer
      continued.

1.17  Early Retirement Age   means the date on which the Participant first
      --------------------
      attains age fifty-five (55) and has completed at least ten (10) years of
      Vesting Service.

1.18  Early Retirement Date   means the first day of the month coinciding with
      ---------------------
      or next following the date the Participant elects to receive his
      Retirement Benefits under the Plan where such date is after the
      Participant's attainment of his Early Retirement Age but is prior to the
      Participant's attainment of his Normal Retirement Age.

1.19  Effective Date   means October 1, 1987.
      --------------

                             Exhibit 10.4  Page 6
<PAGE>

1.20  Effective Date of this Restatement means October 1, 1997, except as
      ----------------------------------
      otherwise provided herein. The Effective Date of this Restatement in
      respect of Employees of any Employer that had not adopted the Plan as of
      the Effective Date of the Restatement shall be the date of adoption of
      this Plan by such Employer. In respect of Employers of any entity, all or
      substantially all of the assets of which shall be acquired by, or that
      shall be merged into or consolidated with an Employer after the Effective
      Date of this Restatement, the term Effective Date of this Restatement
      shall mean the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation.

1.21  Eligible Employee   means an Employee employed by a Participating
      -----------------
      Employer, provided such person is not included in a unit of employees
      covered by a collective bargaining agreement in the negotiation of which
      retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining if two
      percent or fewer of the employees of the Employer covered by such
      collective bargaining agreement are "professionals," as such term is
      defined in proposed or final Treasury Regulations, and who was not a
      Participant in the Plan on the date before the Effective Date of this
      Restatement, unless coverage under the Plan was negotiated by a union and
      the Employer.

1.22  Employee   means a person employed by an Employer, and shall not include
      --------
      any individual who performs services for an Employer solely as an
      independent contractor.

      Employee also means a leased employee within the meaning of Section 414(n)
      of the Code to the extent required by law.

      The term "leased employee" means any person (other than an employee of the
      recipient) who pursuant to an agreement between the recipient and any
      other person ("leasing organization") has performed services for the
      recipient (or for the recipient and related persons determined in
      accordance with Section 414(n)(6) of the Code) on a substantially full-
      time basis for a period of at least one year, and such services are
      performed under the primary direction and control of the recipient
      employer. Contributions or benefits provided a leased employee by the
      leasing organization which are attributable to services performed for the
      recipient employer shall be treated as provided by the recipient employer.

      A leased employee shall not be considered an employee of the recipient if:
      (i) such employee is covered by a money purchase pension plan providing:
      (1) a nonintegrated employer contribution rate of at least ten percent
      (10%) of compensation, as defined in Section 415(c)(3) of the Code, but
      including amounts contributed pursuant to a salary reduction agreement
      which are excludible from the employee's gross income under Sections 125,
      402(e)(3), 402(h) or 403(b) of the Code, (2) immediate participation, and
      (3) full and immediate vesting; and (ii) leased employees do not
      constitute more than twenty percent (20%) of the recipient's nonhighly
      compensated workforce.

1.23  Employer means the Company and any other member of the Affiliated Group.
      --------

                             Exhibit 10.4  Page 7
<PAGE>

1.24  Entry Date means the date an Eligible Employee may enter the Plan. The
      ----------
      Entry Date shall be the date coinciding with or next following the date
      the Eligible Employee satisfies the eligibility requirements set out in
      Section 2.01 of the Plan.

1.25  ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
      -----
      amended from time to time.

1.26  Inactive Participant means any Participant who: (a) was transferred to
      --------------------
      an Employer which does not maintain this Plan for its employees; (b) was
      transferred to any group of employees not covered by the Plan; or (c)
      terminated service with the Employer (for as long as he is entitled to
      benefits under the Plan).

1.27  Late Retirement Date means the first day of the month coinciding with or
      --------------------
      next following the date a Participant retires, where such date is after
      his Normal Retirement Date.

1.28  Normal Retirement Age means the later of the date the Participant
      ---------------------
      attains age sixty-five (65) or the fifth (5/th/) anniversary of the date
      the Participant commenced participation in the Plan.

1.29  Normal Retirement Date means the first day of the month coinciding with
      ----------------------
      or next following the date the Participant attains his Normal Retirement
      Age. A Participant who is employed by an Employer on the date he attains
      his Normal Retirement Age shall be 100% vested in his Accrued Benefit.

1.30  Participant means any Eligible Employee who becomes eligible to
      -----------
      participate in the Plan pursuant to Article II and who continues to be
      entitled to any benefits under the Plan.

1.31  Participating Employer means the Company and any member of the
      ----------------------
      Affiliated Group which adopts this Plan as provided in Article XIII.

1.32  Plan means Amended And Restated American Pacific Corporation Defined
      ----
      Benefit Pension Plan as it may from time to time be amended. The Plan
      shall be deemed to include the Trust.

1.33  Plan Administrator means the person or persons designated to oversee the
      ------------------
      operation and administration of the Plan pursuant to Article IX.

1.34  Plan Year means the twelve (12) consecutive month period beginning on
      ---------
      October 1 and ending on the next following September 30.

1.35  Restatement means this Plan as amended and restated herein.
      -----------

1.36  Retirement Benefit means the amount to which a Participant shall become
      ------------------
      entitled, is entitled to or is receiving under this Plan.

                             Exhibit 10.4  Page 8
<PAGE>

1.37  Social Security Retirement Age means respectively: (a) age 65 for a
      ------------------------------
      Participant born before January 1, 1938; (b) age 66 for a Participant born
      after December 31, 1937 but before January 1, 1955, and (c) age 67 for a
      Participant born after December 31, 1954.

1.38  Spouse means the person to whom the Participant is legally married on
      ------
      his Annuity Starting Date or, if earlier, on his date of death. The status
      of an individual as a Spouse of a Participant shall be determined under
      the laws of the jurisdiction of the Participant's domicile as of the time
      such status is determined.

1.39  Trust Agreement means the trust agreement and any and all amendments and
      ---------------
      successor agreements entered into between the Company and the Trustee for
      the purpose of funding benefits under the Plan. The Trust Agreement shall
      be deemed to be part of this Plan as if all of the terms and provisions
      were fully set forth herein.

1.40  Trust Fund means all sums of money or other property held by the Trustee
      ----------
      pursuant to the terms of the Trust Agreement.

1.41  Trustee means the Trustee or any successors thereto appointed to
      -------
      administer the Trust Fund.

1.42  Year of Service and other service measurements under the Plan shall be
      ---------------
      determined utilizing the special definitions of this Section. Unless
      otherwise specified, Service shall be credited for employment with any
      member of the Affiliated Group.

      (a)  A Year of Service means a Computation Period during which an Employee
             ---------------
           is credited with at least one thousand (1000) Hours of Service.

      (b)  A one-year Break in Service means a Computation Period during which
                      ----------------
           an Employee fails to complete more than five hundred (500) Hours of
           Service. However, an unpaid leave of absence approved in writing by
           the Plan Administrator shall not constitute a Break in Service or a
           termination of employment for eligibility, participation or vesting
           purposes. An unpaid leave of absence approved in writing by the
           Company shall not constitute a Break in Service or a termination of
           employment for eligibility, participation or vesting purposes.

      (c)  Computation Periods.
           -------------------

           (1)  The Eligibility Computation Period means the twelve (12)
                    ------------------------------
                consecutive month period beginning on the date the Employee
                first performs an Hour of Service for an Employer. Provided,
                however, that succeeding Eligibility Computation Periods shall
                be the twelve (12) consecutive month period beginning on the
                first day of the Plan Year, commencing with the Plan Year which
                begins on or immediately prior to the first anniversary of the
                date the Employee first performed an Hour of Service.

                             Exhibit 10.4  Page 9
<PAGE>

           (2)  The Vesting Computation Period means the twelve (12) consecutive
                    --------------------------
                month period beginning on the first day of the Plan Year.

           (3)  Benefit Service Computation Period means the twelve (12)
                ----------------------------------
                consecutive month period beginning on the first day of the Plan
                Year.

      (d)  An Hour of Service means:
              ---------------

           (1)  Each hour for which an Employee is paid or entitled to payment
                for the performance of duties with an Employer during the
                applicable Computation Period.

           (2)  Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment,
                by an Employer on account of a period of time during which no
                duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment
                relationship has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness,
                incapacity (including disability), layoff, jury duty, military
                duty or leave of absence, except that

                (A)  Not more than five hundred one (501) Hours of Service shall
                     be credited on account of any single continuous period
                     during which the Employee performs no duties (whether or
                     not such period occurs in a single Computation Period), and

                (B)  Hours of Service shall not be credited where such payment
                     is made or is due under a plan maintained solely for the
                     purpose of complying with applicable worker's compensation,
                     unemployment or disability insurance laws, or solely to
                     reimburse an Employee for medical or medically-related
                     expenses.

           (3)  Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of
                damages, is either awarded or agreed to by the Employer. No more
                than five hundred one (501) Hours of Service shall be credited
                for payment of back pay on account of any single continuous
                period during which the Employee did not or would not have
                performed duties. Hours of Service shall be credited under this
                paragraph to the computation period to which the award or
                agreement pertains, rather than the computation period in which
                the agreement or the award or payment is made. The same Hours of
                Service shall not be credited under both (1) and (2) above and
                this subpart.

           (4)  Each hour an Employee on leave from employment to serve in the
                Armed Forces of the United States would have been paid, directly
                or indirectly, or entitled to payment under (1) above assuming
                that but for such military service he would have been regularly
                engaged in the performance of his duties. Such hours shall be
                credited to the Computation Period in which he would have been
                regularly engaged in the performance of his duties but for such
                military service. Provided, however, that no Hours of Service

                             Exhibit 10.4  Page 10
<PAGE>

                shall be credited under this Section unless the Employee returns
                to active employment with a member of the Affiliated Group
                within the period provided by law for the protection of his re-
                employment rights.

           Hours of Service for reasons other than the performance of duties
           shall be determined and credited in accordance with Department of
           Labor Regulation (S) 2530.200b-2(b) and (c), which is incorporated
           herein by reference.

      (e)  Special Maternity/Paternity Rule.  Solely for the purpose of
           --------------------------------
           determining whether a Break in Service has occurred, an Employee who
           is absent from employment because of the Employee's pregnancy, the
           birth of the Employee's child, the placement of a child with the
           Employee in connection with the adoption of such child by the
           Employee, or the need to care for such child for a period beginning
           immediately following such birth or placement, shall be credited
           with:

           (1)  The Hours of Service which otherwise would normally have been
                credited to such individual but for such absence, or

           (2)  In any case in which the Plan Administrator is unable to
                determine the hours described above, eight (8) Hours of Service
                per day of such absence.

           The above rule shall apply only if the Employee furnishes to the Plan
           Administrator such timely information as it may require to establish
           that the absence was for the above reasons and to determine the
           number of days of such absence.

           Hours of Service shall be credited in the Computation Period in which
           the absence from work begins if such credit is necessary to prevent a
           Break in Service in that period. In any other case, such Hours of
           Service shall be credited in the immediately following Computation
           Period. In no event shall more than five hundred one (501) Hours of
           Service shall be credited because of such pregnancy or placement.

      (f)  Family and Medical Leave.  Solely to the extent required by law, an
           ------------------------
           Employee who is absent from employment because of a leave of absence
           under the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993 shall receive credit
           for Hours of Service during such absence. Provided, however, that the
           same Hours of Service shall not be credited under both this
           subsection and any other provision of this Section.

                             Exhibit 10.4  Page 11
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE II

                    Eligibility, Vesting and Benefit Service


2.01  Eligibility Requirements.
      ------------------------

      (a)  Each Eligible Employee who was a Participant in the Plan immediately
           prior to the Effective Date of this Restatement shall continue to be
           a Participant. Each Eligible Employee who had satisfied the
           eligibility requirements of the Plan immediately prior to the
           Effective Date of this Restatement but who had not yet become a
           Participant shall become a Participant in this Plan on the Effective
           Date of this Restatement. Each other Eligible Employee shall become a
           Participant in this Plan on the Entry Date coinciding with or next
           following attainment of age twenty-one (21) and the completion of one
           (1) Year of Service.

      (b)  In the event that the Company shall at any time acquire all or
           substantially all of the assets of another operating business or
           entity, or all or substantially all of the assets of another
           operating business or entity located in a geographically distinct
           area, the employees of such other operating business or entity who
           are thereafter employed by the Employer and become Eligible Employees
           shall receive credit for periods of service in the employ of such
           other business or entity for purposes of this Section 2.01 to the
           extent provided in a resolution of the board of directors of the
           Company adopted at or near the time of such acquisition or in the
           written agreements pursuant to which such acquisition was made; but
           only if such Employees would have received credit for such service in
           the employ of such other business or entity under the terms of this
           Plan if such Employees had been employed by an Employer. The Plan
           Administrator shall see to it that the provisions of this subsection
           2.01(b) are applied in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner and in
           a manner consistent with the provisions of Section 9.06 hereof. No
           employee shall receive credit for service in the employ of another
           business or entity pursuant to this subsection 2.01(b) if the
           crediting of such service would cause the Plan to fail to comply with
           any of the requirements of Section 401(a) of the Code for treatment
           as a qualified plan.

2.02  Participation upon Reemployment.
      -------------------------------

      (a)  An Eligible Employee who separates from service after satisfying the
           eligibility requirements of Section 2.01 but before the next Entry
           Date shall become a Participant immediately upon reemployment as an
           Eligible Employee by a Participating Employer if he returns to
           employment after the next Entry Date but prior to incurring a one-
           year Break in Service.

      (b)  A Participant who separates from service and is subsequently
           reemployed as an Eligible Employee by a Participating Employer after
           incurring a one-year Break

                             Exhibit 10.4  Page 12
<PAGE>

           in Service shall again become an Active Participant in the Plan upon
           performance of an Hour of Service.

2.03  Inactive Participants.  Subject to Section 2.06, an Inactive Participant
      ---------------------
      shall continue to be credited with Vesting Service, Benefit Service and
      Compensation as if he had continued to be an Active Participant until
      employment with the member of the Affiliated Group ceases.

      Subject to Section 2.06, an Inactive Participant shall again become an
      Active Participant upon return to employment with a Participating Employer
      or upon transfer to an employee group eligible to participate in the Plan.

2.04  Vesting Service.
      ---------------

      (a)  Except as provided in Section 2.06, a Participant shall be credited
           with one year of Vesting Service for each Year of Service with an
           Employer.

      (b)  An Employee's Vesting Service shall also include periods of
           employment with a predecessor employer's business prior to its
           acquisition (or prior to the acquisition of certain assets of such
           business) by the Company:

           (1)  If and to the extent specified in a resolution of the Board of
                Directors of the Employee's Employer at the time such Employer
                adopts this Plan; or

           (2)  The Company shall have continued a pension or profit sharing
                plan of the predecessor employer or, to the extent required
                under Section 414(a)(2) of the Code, if the Company shall have
                maintained a pension or a profit sharing plan that was not the
                plan maintained by a predecessor employer.

      (c)  The provisions of this Section shall not operate to decrease any
           Participant's Vesting Service to a period that is shorter than the
           period of the Participant's Vesting Service as of October 1, 1989,
           under the terms of this Plan, as effective prior to October 1, 1989.

2.05  Benefit Service.
      ---------------

      (a)  Except as provided in Section 2.06, a Participant shall be credited
           with one year of Benefit Service for each Benefit Service Computation
           Period during which he completes one thousand (1,000) Hours of
           Service with an Employer.

           Benefit Service is credited in full years only.

      (b)  Participants who become eligible to participate in the Plan after the
           Effective Date of this Restatement as a consequence of the adoption
           of this Plan by an employing entity, as a consequence of the
           acquisition by the Company of the assets of an employing entity, or
           as a consequence of the merger of an employing entity into

                             Exhibit 10.4  Page 13
<PAGE>

           the Company, shall receive Benefit Service to the extent and upon the
           terms and conditions specified in a resolution of the Board of
           Directors of the employing entity on the basis of the most recent
           period of employment with such employing entity prior to the date on
           which the employing entity adopts the Plan or prior to the date of
           the acquisition or merger.

      (c)  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section, in the
           event that the assets of another qualified pension plan shall be
           merged with and into this Plan, with respect to Participants who
           become Participants as a result of such consolidation, (1) Benefit
           Service may be granted in such manner and to such extent as shall be
           provided in connection with such consolidation, on the basis of
           accredited service (however designated) accrued under such other plan
           prior to the effective date of such consolidation, or (2) in lieu of
           the granting of Benefit Service, the benefits based upon accredited
           service (however designated) accrued under such other plan prior to
           the effective date of such consolidation may be preserved as a
           special retirement benefit, with respect to which all requirements
           for such accredited service shall be governed by the terms and
           provisions of such other private pension plan, as amended to the
           effective date of such consolidation.

2.06  Disregarded Service.  The Service to be credited to an Employee under
      -------------------
      this Article shall not include Service prior to a Break in Service if:

      (a)  The Employee did not have a nonforfeitable right to an Accrued
           Benefit derived from Employer contributions at the time of the Break
           in Service, and

      (b)  The number of consecutive one-year Breaks in Service equals or
           exceeds the greater of five (5) or the aggregate number of Years of
           Service credited to the Employee before such Break in Service.

                             Exhibit 10.4  Page 14
<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE III

                              Retirement Benefits


3.01  Normal Retirement Benefit.  A Participant who retires on his Normal
      -------------------------
      Retirement Date shall be entitled to a monthly Retirement Benefit
      commencing on his Normal Retirement Date equal to two percent (2%) (base
      benefit percentage) of the Participant's Final Average Compensation up to
      Covered Compensation; plus two and sixty-five one hundredths percent
      (2.65%) (excess benefit percentage) of the Participant's Final Average
      Compensation in excess of his Covered Compensation, the sum multiplied by
      his years of Benefit Service up to but not exceeding twenty (20) such
      years.

      Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.01, however,
      the monthly Normal Retirement Benefit shall in no case be less than fifty
      dollars ($50.00).

      Notwithstanding the foregoing, the benefit provided to a Participant shall
      not violate the cumulative permitted disparity limits set forth in Treas.
      Reg. (S)1.401(l)-5. In this regard, the number of years of Benefit Service
      taken into account above for any Participant will not exceed the
      Participant's cumulative disparity limit. The Participant's cumulative
      disparity limit is equal to thirty-five (35) minus the number of years
      during which the Participant earned a year of credited service under one
      or more qualified plans or simplified employee pensions ever maintained by
      the Employer, other than years for which a Participant earned a year of
      Benefit Service under this Plan. If the Participant's cumulative disparity
      limit is less than the period of years used to determine the Participant's
      benefit above, then for years after the Participant reaches the cumulative
      disparity limit and through the end of the period specified above, the
      Participant's benefit will be equal to the excess benefit percentage, or,
      if lesser, the highest percentage permitted under the 133 1/3 percent
      accrual rule of Section 411(b)(1)(B) of the Code (if applicable) times
      Final Average Compensation.

      If a Participant begins receiving benefits at an age other than Normal
      Retirement Age, the Participant's benefit will be determined in accordance
      with Section 3.06.

      For any Plan Year in which a Participant benefits under more than one plan
      of the Employer, the benefit provided above to a Participant shall not
      violate the overall permitted disparity limits set forth in Treas. Reg.
      (S)1.401(l)-5. In this regard, for any Plan Year this Plan benefits any
      Employee who benefits under another qualified plan or simplified employee
      pension maintained by the Employer that provides for permitted disparity
      (or imputes disparity), the benefit for each Participant under this Plan
      will be equal to the base benefit percentage times the Participant's Final
      Average Compensation.

                             Exhibit 10.4  Page 15
<PAGE>

      If the preceding paragraph is applicable, the Fresh Start Date (within the
      meaning of Treas. Reg. (S)1.401(a)(4)-13) shall be the last day of the
      Plan Year preceding the Plan Year in which this paragraph is applicable.
      In addition, if in any subsequent Plan Year, this Plan no longer benefits
      any Employee who also has benefits under another qualified plan or
      simplified employee pension maintained by the Employer that provides for
      permitted disparity (or imputes permitted disparity), the Fresh Start Date
      shall be the last day of the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year in which
      this paragraph is no longer applicable.

      (c)  Fresh Start Rules - Change in Benefit Formula
           ---------------------------------------------

           (1)  Fresh Start Definitions - For purposes of this subsection, the
                -----------------------
                following terms shall be defined as follows:

                Fresh Start - A change in the Normal Retirement Benefit formula.
                -----------

                Fresh Start Date - September 30, 1989, which is the day
                ----------------
                immediately preceding the effective date of the Fresh Start.

                Pre-Fresh Start Plan Year - Any Plan Year ending on or before
                -------------------------
                the Fresh Start Date.

                Post-Fresh Start Plan Year - Any Plan Year beginning after the
                --------------------------
                Fresh Start Date.

                Fresh Start Date Accrued Benefit - The Participant's Accrued
                --------------------------------
                Benefit as of the Fresh Start Date, calculated and adjusted as
                described in clause (3) of the subsection.

           (2)  Calculation of Accrued Benefit After Fresh Start Date.  With
                -----------------------------------------------------
                respect to any Participant with an Accrued Benefit under the
                Plan (or any predecessor) as of the Fresh Start Date
                attributable to any Pre-Fresh Start Year, and who has at least
                one Hour of Service in a Post-Fresh Start Plan Year, the
                Participant's Accrued Benefit in any Post-Fresh Start Plan Year
                will be equal to the greater of his Fresh Start Date Accrued
                Benefit or his Accrued Benefit based on the benefit formula
                under the Plan as amended for Post-Fresh Start Date Plan Years,
                taking into account his total Years of Benefit Service both
                before and after the Fresh Start Date.

           (3)  Calculation of Fresh Start Date Accrued Benefit. A Participant's
                -----------------------------------------------
                Fresh Start Date Accrued Benefit is an amount equal to his
                Accrued Benefit determined as of (and as if the Participant had
                terminated employment with the Affiliated Group on) the Fresh
                Start Date, based upon the Plan provisions in effect on the
                Fresh Start Date without regard to any amendment adopted after
                the Fresh Start Date (unless the amendment is

                             Exhibit 10.4  Page 16
<PAGE>

                recognized as retroactively effective before the Fresh Start
                Date under Section 401(b) of the Code or Treas. Regs.
                1.401(a)(4)-11(g)). However, the Fresh Start Date Accrued
                Benefit as so determined is subject to adjustment as follows:

                (A)  The Fresh Start Date Accrued Benefit shall be subject to
                     increases based on adjustments under Section 415(d)(1) of
                     the Code in the maximum benefit permitted under Section
                     415(b)(1) of the Code.

                (B)  The Fresh Start Date Accrued Benefit shall be adjusted to
                     increase the benefits of former employees who were employed
                     on the Fresh Start Date.

                (C)  The Fresh Start Date Accrued Benefit shall be increased, if
                     it includes top heavy minimum benefits, to the extent
                     necessary to comply with the requirement of Section
                     416(c)(1)(D)(i) of the Code that top heavy minimum benefits
                     be based on the Participant's Compensation averaged over
                     the highest five or fewer years.

                (D)  The Fresh Start Date Accrued Benefit shall be adjusted so
                     that the Fresh Start Date Accrued Benefit is not less than
                     it would have been if the formula's base benefit percentage
                     had been 50% of the formula's excess benefit percentage.
                     The Fresh Start Date Accrued Benefit is not less than if
                     the offset had been limited to 50% of the benefit
                     determined without application of the offset.

3.02  Early Retirement Benefit.  In lieu of his Normal Retirement Benefit, a
      ------------------------
      Participant who has attained his Early Retirement Age may elect to receive
      a monthly benefit commencing on his Early Retirement Date equal to his
      Accrued Benefit as of such date, reduced by twenty-five one-hundredths
      percent (.25%) for each calendar month or portion thereof that the
      Participant's Early Retirement Date precedes his Normal Retirement Date.

      The election to receive an Early Retirement Benefit shall be made by
      filing a written election with the Plan Administrator prior to the first
      day of the month coinciding with or next following the date of the
      applying Participant's separation from the service of the Employer. The
      Plan Administrator may, in its sole discretion, accept a late filed
      application if petitioned to do so by the Participant for good cause
      shown. The election to receive an Early Retirement Benefit shall be
      irrevocable after commencement of any Benefit payments.

3.03  Late Retirement Benefit.  A Participant who retires on his Late
      -----------------------
      Retirement Date shall receive a monthly Retirement Benefit equal to the
      greater of:

                             Exhibit 10.4  Page 17
<PAGE>

      (a)  the benefit to which he would have been entitled pursuant to Section
           3.01 if he had retired at his Normal Retirement Date, but adjusted by
           including any additional years of Benefit Service which have accrued
           since his Normal Retirement Date up to the maximum number, if any, of
           years of Benefit Service described in Section 3.01 and by taking into
           account any increases in Compensation earned since his Normal
           Retirement Date,

           or

      (b)  the Actuarial Equivalent of the unadjusted benefit to which he would
           have been entitled pursuant to Section 3.01 if he had retired at his
           Normal Retirement Date or in the case of a Participant who retires
           during any Plan Year following the Plan Year in which his Normal
           Retirement Date occurs, the Actuarial Equivalent of the benefit to
           which he would have been entitled pursuant to this Section 3.03 if he
           had retired at the close of the prior Plan Year.

      However, the number of payments certain described in Section 5.01 shall be
      reduced to the extent necessary to conform to a period permitted by
      Section 5.06, in which case each monthly payment shall be increased so
      that the benefit is the Actuarial Equivalent of what it would have been
      without the reduction in period certain.

3.04  Disability Retirement Benefit.  A Participant who retires due to
      ------------------------------
      Disability shall be entitled to receive a monthly Disability Retirement
      Benefit commencing on his Disability Retirement Date equal to his vested
      Accrued Benefit calculated:

      (a)  As if the Participant had continued to earn Benefit Service from the
           date he was first absent from work due to his Disability until his
           Normal Retirement Date and

      (b)  As if his Compensation had remained constant from the date he was
           first absent from work due to his Disability until his Normal
           Retirement Date.

      A Participant who has been determined to be disabled but who is not
      currently receiving a Disability Retirement Benefit shall be considered to
      be actively employed by the Employer for purposes of Article VI.

      A Participant whose Disability has ended and who returns to employment
      with the Employer shall be credited with Benefit Service for the period
      during which he was disabled. A Participant who does not return to
      employment with the Employer after his Disability has ended shall cease to
      be credited with Benefit Service upon his recovery and shall be entitled
      to benefits under the Plan only to the extent provided in Article IV of
      the Plan.

      Not withstanding the above, a Participant whose Disability precedes his
      completion of ten (10) Years of Vesting Service (for the purpose of
      Article IV) shall not be entitled to a Disability Retirement Benefit or
      continued accrual of Benefit Service during Disability under this Plan.

                             Exhibit 10.4  Page 18
<PAGE>

3.05  No Duplication of Benefits. Any benefit payable under this Plan shall be
      --------------------------
      reduced by any benefit paid to a Participant under the terms of any other
      defined benefit plan qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code to which
      the Employer contributes, directly or indirectly, other than by payment of
      taxes, to the extent that such benefit is based on a period of employment
      with the Employer for which a Participant receives credit for benefits
      under the Plan.

3.06  Maximum Excess Allowance.
      ------------------------

      (a)  The Maximum Excess Allowance at any retirement age shall be the
           lesser of (i) the base benefit percentage or (ii) the percentage
           specified in the table below for the Plan's normal form of benefit
           specified in Section 5.01(a).

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   Normal Form of Benefit (%)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               Life Annuity +   Life Annuity +    Life Annuity +
                             Life Annuity     5 Year Certain   10 Year Certain  15 Year Certain
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Adjustment                    1.00              0.97             0.91              0.84
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      <S>                   <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>
       Age At Which
        Benefits
        Commence

           70                         1.048             1.017            0.954             0.880
           69                         0.950             0.922            0.865             0.798
           68                         0.863             0.837            0.785             0.725
           67                         0.784             0.760            0.713             0.659
           66                         0.714             0.693            0.650             0.600
           65                         0.650             0.631            0.592             0.546
           64                         0.607             0.589            0.552             0.510
           63                         0.563             0.546            0.512             0.473
           62                         0.520             0.504            0.473             0.437
           61                         0.477             0.463            0.434             0.401
           60                         0.433             0.420            0.394             0.364
           59                         0.412             0.400            0.375             0.346
           58                         0.390             0.378            0.355             0.328
           57                         0.368             0.357            0.335             0.309
           56                         0.347             0.337            0.316             0.291
           55                         0.325             0.315            0.296             0.273
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

      (b)  If a Benefit is distributed in a form other than the normal form (as
           specified in Section 5.01) or at an age other than Normal Retirement
           Age, the Benefit shall be adjusted as provided in this subsection.

                             Exhibit 10.4  Page 19
<PAGE>

           (1)  If Benefit payments commence to a Participant at a time other
                than Normal Retirement Age, the Participant's Accrued Benefit,
                before the adjustments provided for early or late retirement,
                shall be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the
                Annual Factor that corresponds to the age at which benefits
                commence to the Participant in the Plan's normal form of
                benefit, and the denominator of which is the Annual Factor that
                corresponds to the Normal Retirement Age under the Plan in the
                normal form of benefit.

           (2)  If Benefit payments commence to the Participant in a form other
                than the normal form of benefit, the product in the preceding
                paragraph will be actuarially adjusted in accordance with the
                provisions of Section 1.03.

           (3)  The Annual Factor is the factor derived from the table in (a)
                based on the Normal Retirement Age (determined without regard to
                the years of participation requirement, if any), and the Plan's
                normal form of benefit.

           (4)  If Benefit payments commence in a month other than the month in
                which the Participant attains the age specified in the foregoing
                table, the Annual Factor will be determined by straight line
                interpolation.

           (5)  Notwithstanding (4) above, for a benefit commencement date
                preceding the first day of the month in which the Participant
                attains age fifty-five (55), the Applicable Factor shall be the
                Actuarial Equivalent of the age fifty-five (55) Annual Factor
                determined in (a). For a benefit commencement date following the
                first day of the month in which the Participant attains age
                seventy (70), the Applicable Factor shall be the Actuarial
                Equivalent of the age seventy (70) Annual Factor determined in
                (a).

           (6)  A Disability Retirement Benefit other than a qualified
                Disability Retirement Benefit, commencing before a Participant's
                Normal Retirement Age will be treated as a Benefit subject to
                the limitations of this Section. A Disability Retirement
                Benefit, will be treated as a qualified Disability Retirement
                Benefit only if the benefit: (i) is payable under the Plan
                solely on account of a Participant's Disability, as determined
                by the Social Security Administration; (ii) terminates no later
                than the Participant's Normal Retirement Age; (iii) is not in
                excess of the amount of the benefit that would be payable if the
                Participant had separated from service at Normal Retirement Age,
                and (iv) upon attainment of Early or Normal Retirement Age, the
                Participant receives a benefit that satisfies the accrual and
                vesting rules of Section 411 of the Code (and the regulations
                thereunder) without taking into account the Disability
                Retirement Benefits made up to that age.

                             Exhibit 10.4  Page 20
<PAGE>

           (7)  If this Plan has had a Fresh Start, the limitations in this
                subsections (1) and (2) will be applied only to the
                Participant's accruals for years for which the Plan provides for
                the disparity permitted under Section 401(l) of the Code. All
                Benefit accruals for years for which the Plan does not provide
                for the disparity permitted under Section 401(l) of the Code
                will be actuarially adjusted in accordance with the provisions
                of Section 1.03.

                             Exhibit 10.4  Page 21
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE IV

                    Benefits upon Termination of Employment


4.01  Deferred Normal Retirement Benefit.  A Participant who separates from
      ----------------------------------
      service before his Normal Retirement Date shall receive, on his Normal
      Retirement Date after submitting a written application on a form
      prescribed for that purpose by the Plan Administrator, the vested portion
      of his Accrued Benefit determined as of the date he separated from
      service. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, accept a late filed
      application if petitioned to do so by the Participant for good cause
      shown.

      A Participant shall become vested in his Accrued Benefit attributable
      to Employer contributions according to the following schedule:

         Years of Vesting Service    Vested Percentage
         ------------------------    -----------------

            less than 3                        0%
            3 but less than 4                 20%
            4 but less than 5                 40%
            5 but less than 6                 60%
            6 but less than 7                 80%
            7 or more                        100%

      Accrued Benefits forfeited pursuant to this Section shall not be used to
      increase the Accrued Benefit of any other Participant.

4.02  Deferred Early Retirement Benefit.  A Participant entitled to the
      ---------------------------------
      Deferred Normal Retirement Benefit described above who separated from
      service prior to attaining his Early Retirement Age may elect to receive
      the Benefit commencing on his Early Retirement Date. The amount of such
      Benefit shall be reduced for early commencement as provided in Section
      3.02.

      Furthermore, a Participant entitled to the Deferred Normal Retirement
      Benefit described above who separated from service prior to attaining his
      Early Retirement Age may elect to receive his or her vested Benefit in
      either a single sum as described in Section 5.02(g) or in the Normal Form
      described in Section 5.01, commencing as soon as practicable after the
      Participant terminates employment with the Employer, provided the
      Actuarial Equivalent of the Participant's vested monthly Accrued Benefit
      does not exceed ten thousand dollars ($10,000) and not less than the
      amount specified in Section 5.04 for involuntary cashout. The vested
      Accrued Benefit shall be reduced so that the benefit commencing at such
      date is the Actuarial Equivalent of his vested Benefit payable at his
      Normal Retirement Date.

                             Exhibit 10.4  Page 22
<PAGE>

      The election to receive a Deferred Early Retirement Benefit shall be made
      by filing a written election with the Plan Administrator. Such election
      shall be irrevocable after commencement of any Benefit payments.

4.03  Form of Payment.  The benefits described in this Article IV shall be
      ---------------
      payable in the forms set out in Article V.

                             Exhibit 10.4  Page 23
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE V

                    Form and Payment of Retirement Benefits


5.01  Normal Form of Benefit.  Unless a Participant elects an optional form
      ----------------------
      of payment, the Benefits described in Article III and Article IV shall be
      payable in the form of an immediate Life Annuity as described in Section
      5.02(a) or, in the case of a Participant who is married on his Annuity
      Starting Date, in the form of an immediate Qualified Joint and Survivor
      Annuity as described in Section 5.02(b).

5.02  Other Forms of Benefit.  Provided the requirements of Section 5.03 are
      ----------------------
      met, a Participant may waive the normal form of benefit under the Plan and
      elect to receive Benefits in one of the forms set out below. Benefits
      payable in a form other than that described in (a) below shall be the
      Actuarial Equivalent thereof:

      (a)  Life Annuity -- Under this form of benefit (also referred to as a
           ------------
           straight-life annuity), payment of monthly installments will commence
           as provided in Article III or IV and will continue for the lifetime
           of the Participant and will cease upon his death.

      (b)  Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity -- Under this form of benefit,
           ------------------------------------
           payment of monthly installments will commence as provided in Article
           III or IV and will be made for the lifetime of the Participant. If
           the Participant predeceases his Spouse, payment in an amount equal to
           50% (or 75% or 100%, if elected by the Participant) of the
           Participant's Benefit will continue to the Spouse for life.

      (c)  Five Years Certain and Life Annuity -- Under this form of benefit,
           -----------------------------------
           payment of monthly installments will commence as provided in Article
           III or IV and will continue for the Participant's lifetime. If the
           Participant dies before sixty (60) monthly installments have been
           paid, such benefit will be payable to the Participant's Beneficiary
           until a total of sixty (60) monthly installments have been paid. If,
           upon the Participant's death, there is no living designated
           Beneficiary or, if a Beneficiary receiving a benefit after the
           Participant's death dies before a total of sixty (60) monthly
           installments have been paid to the Participant and the Beneficiary,
           the commuted value of the unpaid installments shall be paid to the
           Participant's estate.

      (d)  Ten Years Certain and Life Annuity -- Under this form of benefit,
           ----------------------------------
           payment of monthly installments will commence as provided in Article
           III or IV and will continue for the Participant's lifetime. If the
           Participant dies before one hundred twenty (120) monthly installments
           have been paid, such Benefit will be payable to the Participant's
           Beneficiary until a total of one hundred twenty (120) monthly
           installments have been paid. If, upon the Participant's death, there
           is no living designated Beneficiary or, if a Beneficiary receiving a
           benefit after the

                             Exhibit 10.4  Page 24
<PAGE>

           Participant's death dies before a total of one hundred twenty (120)
           monthly installments have been paid to the Participant and the
           Beneficiary, the commuted value of the unpaid installments shall be
           paid to the Participant's estate.

      (e)  Fifteen Years Certain and Life Annuity -- Under this form of benefit,
           --------------------------------------
           payment of monthly installments will commence as provided in Article
           III or IV and will continue for the Participant's lifetime. If the
           Participant dies before one hundred eighty (180) monthly installments
           have been paid, such benefit will be payable to the Participant's
           Beneficiary until a total of one hundred eighty (180) monthly
           installments have been paid. If, upon the Participant's death, there
           is no living designated Beneficiary or, if a Beneficiary receiving a
           benefit after the Participant's death dies before a total of one
           hundred eighty (180) monthly installments have been paid to the
           Participant and the Beneficiary, the commuted value of the unpaid
           installments shall be paid to the Participant's estate.

      (f)  Joint and Survivor Annuity -- Under this form of benefit, monthly
           --------------------------
           payments will commence as provided in Article III or IV and will be
           made for the life of the Participant. If the Participant predeceases
           his Beneficiary, payments in an amount equal to 50%, 75% or 100% of
           the Participant's monthly Benefit shall continue to such Beneficiary
           for life.

      (g)  Single Sum Distribution -- Under this form of benefit, a single sum
           -----------------------
           payment will be made to the Participant that is the Actuarial
           Equivalent of the monthly Benefit payable under subsection (a) within
           a reasonable time after the end of the Plan Year in which the
           Participant's employment with the Company terminates, and in any
           event before the end of the second Plan Year following the Plan Year
           in which the Participant separates from the service of the Company.
           This option is available only for Participants for whom the Actuarial
           Equivalent of the monthly Benefit is not more than $10,000 and not
           less than the amount specified in Section 5.04 for involuntary
           cashout or who, under the terms of the Plan in effect on the day
           before the Effective Date of this Restatement, was entitled to elect
           a single sum distribution of his or her Accrued Benefit (but only
           with respect to the portion of Accrued Benefit earned before the
           amendment eliminating the right to such single sum distribution was
           executed).

      The election of a form of benefit under this Section may not be revoked or
      changed after a Participant's Annuity Starting Date.

5.03  Waiver of Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity.
      ----------------------------------------------

      (a)  For the purposes of this Section, the term "Qualified Joint and
           Survivor Annuity" means not only the form of benefit described in
           Section 5.02(b) but also the normal form of benefit described in
           Section 5.01 payable to a Participant who is not married on his
           Annuity Starting Date.

                             Exhibit 10.4  Page 25
<PAGE>

      (b)  No less than thirty (30) days and no more than ninety (90) days
           before the Annuity Starting Date, the Plan Administrator shall
           provide a Participant with a written explanation in nontechnical
           language, of the terms and conditions of: (1) the Qualified Joint and
           Survivor Annuity, (2) his right to elect to waive the benefit and the
           effect of such election, (3) the rights of the Participant's Spouse
           with respect to such election, (4) the right to make and effect of, a
           revocation of a previous election, and (5) the relative values of the
           various forms of benefit under the Plan.

      (c)  A Participant may elect to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor
           Annuity and to receive payment under another payment form only if the
           following conditions are met:

           (1)  The waiver is made within the ninety (90) day period ending on
                the Participant's Annuity Starting Date.

           (2)  The Participant's Spouse consents in writing to such waiver and
                to the designation of the beneficiary or the form of benefit
                elected. Such consent must be witnessed by a notary public or
                plan representative, must be filed with the Plan Administrator
                and must acknowledge the effect of such wavier. No consent is
                required if it is established to the satisfaction of the Plan
                Administrator that the Participant does not have a Spouse or
                that the Spouse cannot be located.

           The election to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity may be
           revoked by the Participant at any time prior to his Annuity Starting
           Date.

           However, effective October 1, 1999, if the Participant, after having
           received the written explanation described above, affirmatively
           elects a form of distribution and the spouse consents to that form of
           distribution (if necessary), the Annuity Starting Date may be less
           than thirty (30) days after the written explanation was provided to
           the Participant, provided that the following requirements are met:

           (1)  The Plan Administrator provides information to the Participant
                clearly indicating that the Participant has a right to at least
                thirty (30) days to consider whether to waive the Qualified
                Joint and Survivor Annuity and consent to another form of
                distribution;

           (2)  The Participant is permitted to revoke an affirmative
                distribution election until the later of the Annuity Starting
                Date or the eighth day following the date the foregoing
                explanation is provided to the Participant;

           (3)  The Annuity Starting Date is after the date the foregoing
                explanation is provided to the Participant. The Annuity Starting
                Date may be before the affirmative distribution election is made
                and before distribution commences; and

                             Exhibit 10.4  Page 26
<PAGE>

           (4)  Distribution in accordance with the affirmative election does
                not commence before the eighth day after the foregoing
                explanation is provided to the Participant.

      (d)  Notwithstanding any other provision in the Plan, no benefit payment
           will be made prior to the time the notice requirements of subsection
           (b) have been satisfied. Any benefit payment which is delayed by
           operation of this subsection shall be paid to the Participant once
           the benefit amount is calculated.

5.04  Cash-out of Accrued Benefit.  Notwithstanding any other provision of the
      ---------------------------
      Plan, a Participant who separates from service or retires with a vested
      Accrued Benefit shall be paid the Actuarial Equivalent of such benefit in
      a single sum, provided that such Actuarial Equivalent has not, at the time
      of this or any prior distribution, exceeded the amount (five thousand
      dollars ($5,000) effective October 1, 1999, three thousand five hundred
      dollars ($3,500) prior to October 1, 1999) permitted to be cashed out
      without consent by Section 417(e) of the Code. Any such payment shall be
      in lieu of the benefits otherwise payable hereunder. For purposes of this
      Section, if the present value of the Participant's vested Accrued Benefit
      is zero, the Participant shall be deemed to have received a distribution
      of such vested benefit on the date his employment with the Employer ends.

      If a Participant who has received a single sum payment under this Section
      or Section 5.02(i) resumes employment covered under the Plan, such
      Participant's later Accrued Benefit hereunder shall not include Benefit
      Service attributable to his prior period of employment unless such
      Participant repays to the Plan the full amount of the previous
      distribution plus interest at the rate determined for purposes of Section
      411(c)(2)(C) of the Code (assessed from the date of the previous
      distribution), before the earlier of: i) five (5) years after the first
      date on which the Participant subsequently resumes employment covered by
      the Plan, or ii) the close of the first period of five (5) consecutive
      one-year Breaks in Service commencing after distribution. The Plan
      Administrator shall prescribe such procedures as it deems necessary or
      appropriate to facilitate such a repayment to the Plan by a person who
      resumes employment covered under the Plan.

      A Participant who resumes employment covered under the Plan shall be given
      the opportunity to repay to the Plan the amount described above only if
      such Participant received a distribution of the Actuarial Equivalent of
      his vested Benefit and the amount thereof was less than the Actuarial
      Equivalent of his Accrued Benefit (expressed in the form of an annual
      benefit commencing at Normal Retirement Age).

      Notwithstanding the above, no single sum payment may be made to the
      recipient of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity after the Annuity
      Starting Date, unless the Participant and his Spouse (or where the
      Participant has died, the surviving Spouse) consent in writing to such
      distribution.

                             Exhibit 10.4  Page 27
<PAGE>

5.05  Commencement of Benefits.
      ------------------------

      (a)  Unless the Participant elects otherwise in writing pursuant to a
           provision of this Plan, the payment of Benefits under the Plan to a
           Participant shall commence no later than the sixtieth (60th) day
           after the close of the Plan Year in which the last of the following
           occurs:

           (1)  The Participant attains Normal Retirement Age;

           (2)  The tenth (10th) anniversary of the Participant's initial
                participation in the Plan; or

           (3)  The Participant terminates service with all Employers.

           A Participant who wishes to defer the commencement of benefit
           payments beyond the latest date specified above may elect to do so by
           filing with the Plan Administrator a written statement signed by the
           Participant that describes the Benefit and the date on which the
           payment of the Benefit is to commence. No election may be made that
           would defer the first payment date beyond the Required Beginning Date
           (defined in subsection (b)). Once filed, an election may be changed
           only with the consent of the Plan Administrator.

      (b)  Notwithstanding the above, for a Participant who reaches age seventy
           and one-half (70 1/2) prior to January 1, 2000 distribution of
           benefits must commence not later than the April 1 of the calendar
           year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age
           seventy and one half (70 1/2). Provided, however, that in the case of
           an active Participant who has attained age seventy and one half (70
           1/2) prior to January 1, 1988 and who is not a five percent (5%)
           owner (as defined in Section 416 of the Code), distribution of
           benefits need not commence until the April 1 of the calendar year
           following the calendar year in which the Participant retires.
           Provided further, that in the case of an active Participant who
           attained age seventy and one half (70 1/2) during 1988 and who is not
           a five percent (5%) owner (as defined in Section 416 of the Code),
           distribution of benefits need not commence until April 1, 1990.

           Effective for Participants who reach age seventy and one-half (70
           1/2) on or after January 1, 2000, with respect to a five percent (5%)
           owner, distribution of benefits shall commence not later than April 1
           of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the
           Participant attains age seventy and one-half (70 1/2). A Participant
           who reaches age seventy and one-half (70 1/2) on or after January 1,
           2000 and who is not a five percent (5%) owner shall commence receipt
           of benefits not later than April 1 of the calendar year following the
           calendar year in which the Participant reaches age seventy and one-
           half or retires, if later.

           If the provisions of this Section 5.05(b) and Section 5.06 require
           the payment of benefits to a Participant who has not yet terminated
           employment, the Participant's additional Accrued Benefit earned
           during each subsequent accrual period and

                             Exhibit 10.4  Page 28
<PAGE>

           determined as of the end of such period shall be actuarially reduced
           to reflect distributions made during the period to which the
           additional Accrued Benefit relates.

5.06  Methods of Distribution.
      -----------------------

      (a)  Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.02(b), with respect to the
           Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements, the provisions of
           this Section will apply to any distribution of a Participant's
           interest and will take precedence over any inconsistent provisions of
           this Plan.

      (b)  All distributions required under this Section shall be determined and
           made in accordance with Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, as in effect
           on the Effective Date of this Restatement or as hereafter amended,
           and the regulations thereunder, including the minimum distribution
           death incidental benefit requirement of Proposed Treasury Regulation
           Section 1.401(a)(9)-2.

      (c)  Distribution of benefits, if not made in a single sum, shall be made
           over one of the following periods (or a combination thereof): 1) the
           life of such Participant; 2) the lives of such Participant and a
           designated Beneficiary; 3) a period not extending beyond the life
           expectancy of such Participant or 4) a period not extending beyond
           the life expectancy of such Participant and a designated Beneficiary.

      (d)  If the distribution of the Participant's interest has begun in
           accordance with the preceding paragraph and the Participant dies
           before his entire interest has been distributed to him, the remaining
           portion of such interest shall be distributed at least as rapidly as
           under the method of distribution used as of his date of death.

      (e)  If the Participant dies before distribution commences, his or her
           entire interest will be distributed no later than December 31 of the
           calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant's
           death except to the extent an election is made to receive
           distributions in accordance with (1) and (2) below;

           (1)  Payments of any portion of such interest to or for the benefit
                of a Beneficiary may be made over the life or life expectancy of
                such Beneficiary commencing no later than December 31 of the
                calendar year containing the first anniversary of the
                Participant's death; and

           (2)  Payments of any portion of such interest to the Participant's
                surviving Spouse are not required to begin earlier than December
                31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have
                attained age seventy and one half (70 1/2) or, if later,
                December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant dies.

                             Exhibit 10.4  Page 29
<PAGE>

           If the Spouse dies before payments begin, subsequent distributions
           are required under this subsection (except for subsection (e)(2)) as
           if the surviving Spouse was the Participant.

           Such election must be made by the Participant (or his Beneficiary, if
           the Participant dies without having made such an election) on or
           before the earlier of the date by which distribution must commence
           absent such election and the date distribution must commence assuming
           such election has been made.

      (f)  For the purpose of this Section, distribution of a Participant's
           interest is considered to begin on the Participant's Required
           Beginning Date (or, if the next to last sentence of subsection (e)
           applies, the date distribution is required to begin to the surviving
           Spouse pursuant to subsection (e)). If distribution in the form of an
           annuity irrevocably commences to the Participant before the Required
           Beginning Date, distribution is considered to commence on the date it
           actually commences.

      (g)  Any amount paid to a child of the Participant will be treated as if
           it had been paid to the surviving Spouse if such benefit becomes
           payable to the surviving Spouse when the child reaches the age of
           majority.

      (h)  For purpose of this Section, any distribution required under the
           incidental death benefit requirements of Section 401(a) of the Code
           shall be treated as a distribution required under Section 401(a)(9)
           of the Code.

      (i)  If a Participant elects an optional form of benefit that provides a
           survivor benefit to a person other than a surviving spouse, the
           survivor benefit shall be limited so that the value of the annuity
           payable during the Participant's lifetime shall be not less than
           fifty-one percent (51%) of the value of the Participant's Accrued
           Benefit calculated at his actual Retirement Date.

5.07  Suspension of Benefits.
      ----------------------

      (a)  Retirement Benefits in pay status will be suspended for each calendar
           month following the Annuity Starting Date after a Participant is
           reemployed on a full-time permanent basis. Notwithstanding the
           foregoing, distributions shall continue for any Participant who does
           not complete at least forty (40) Hours of Service with the Employer,
           or if the Plan has not determined the actual number of Hours of
           Service, such Participant does not perform an Hour of Service on each
           of eight (8) or more days (or separate work shifts).

      (b)  Benefits suspended in accordance with this Section shall resume no
           later than the first day of the third calendar month following the
           calendar month when the Participant is no longer employed on a full-
           time permanent basis or fails to complete at least forty (40) Hours
           of Service with the Employer or to perform an Hour of Service on each
           of eight (8) or more days (or separate work shifts). The

                             Exhibit 10.4  Page 30
<PAGE>

           initial payment upon resumption shall include the payment scheduled
           to occur in the calendar month when payments resume and any amounts
           withheld during the period between the cessation of employment and
           the resumption of payments, less any amounts which are subject to
           offset.

      (c)  Normal Retirement Benefits shall not be withheld by the Plan pursuant
           to this Section unless the Plan Administrator notifies the
           Participant by personal delivery or first class mail during the first
           calendar month or payroll period in which the Plan withholds payments
           that the payment of his Retirement Benefit is suspended. Such
           notification shall contain a description of the specific reasons why
           the Participant's Benefit is suspended, a description of the Plan
           provisions relating to the suspension of Benefits, a copy of such
           Plan provisions, and a statement to the effect that applicable
           Department of Labor regulations may be found in Section 2530.203-3 of
           the Code of Federal Regulations. In addition, the notice shall
           contain a statement indicating that the Participant may seek a review
           of the suspension of his Retirement Benefits through the Plan's claim
           procedure.

      (d)  The amount of the Participant's monthly Benefit which may be
           suspended shall be as follows:

           (1)  Life Annuity. In the case of benefits payable periodically on a
                ------------
                monthly basis for as long as a life (or lives) continues, such
                as a straight life annuity or a Qualified Joint and Survivor
                Annuity, an amount equal to the portion of a monthly benefit
                payment derived from Employer contributions;

           (2)  Other Forms. In the case of a benefit payable in a form other
                -----------
                than a Life Annuity, an amount of the Employer-derived portion
                of benefit payments for a calendar month in which the
                Participant performs service as described in subsection (a),
                which does not exceed the lesser of: (i) the amount of benefits
                which would have been payable to the Participant if he had been
                receiving monthly benefits under the Plan since actual
                retirement based on a single life annuity commencing at actual
                retirement age or (ii) the actual amount paid or scheduled to be
                paid to the Participant for such month.

      (e)  The Plan Administrator shall establish procedures which are
           consistent with Department of Labor Regulation Section 2530.203-3,
           including, but not limited to, procedures for the resumption of
           benefits and the offsetting of benefit overpayments, if any.

      (f)  This Section does not apply to the minimum benefits payable to a Non-
           Key Employee under Article VIII.

      (g)  Upon termination of any such Participant's reemployment, whether or
           not the distributions were suspended during such reemployment, such
           Participant's pension distributions shall be computed pursuant to the
           applicable provisions of

                             Exhibit 10.4  Page 31
<PAGE>

           the Plan based on his Benefit Service and Final Average Compensation
           prior to the date of his previous retirement as well as his Benefit
           Service and Final Average Compensation during the period of his
           reemployment if such Participant accrued an additional Plan benefit
           as a result of service completed during his period of reemployment,
           but the amount thereof shall be reduced by an amount that is the
           Actuarial Equivalent of the accumulated value of the pension
           distributions, if any, such Participant received prior to termination
           of his reemployment and prior to his attaining age 65. The resulting
           Benefit shall not be less than the monthly Benefit in effect prior to
           reemployment.

5.08  Direct Rollover Distributions.
      -----------------------------

      (a)  Direct Rollover Election. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan
           ------------------------
           to the contrary that would otherwise limit a Distributee's election
           under this Section, a Distributee may elect at the time and in the
           manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator, to have all or any
           portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution to which he is otherwise
           entitled, paid directly to any one Eligible Retirement Plan specified
           by the Distributee in a Direct Rollover.

      (b)  Definitions.
           -----------

           (1)  Eligible Rollover Distribution means any distribution of all or
                ------------------------------
                any portion of the balance to the credit of the Distributee,
                except that an Eligible Rollover Distribution does not include:
                any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal
                periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for
                the life (or life expectancy) of the Distributee or the joint
                lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Distributee and the
                Distributee's designated Beneficiary, or for a specified period
                of ten (10) years or more; any distribution to the extent such
                distribution is required under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code;
                any hardship distribution described in Code Section
                401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV); and the portion of any distribution that is
                not includible in gross income (determined without regard to the
                exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to
                employer securities).

           (2)  Eligible Retirement Plan means an individual retirement account
                ------------------------
                described in Section 408(a) of the Code, an individual
                retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of the Code, an
                annuity plan described in Section 403(a) of the Code, or a
                qualified trust described in Section 401(a) of the Code, that
                accepts the Distributee's Eligible Rollover Distribution.
                However, in the case of an Eligible Rollover Distribution to the
                surviving Spouse, an Eligible Retirement Plan includes only an
                individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity.

           (3)  Distributee means an Employee or former Employee.  In addition,
                -----------
                the Employee's or former Employee's surviving Spouse and the
                Employee's or

                             Exhibit 10.4  Page 32
<PAGE>

                former Employee's Spouse or former Spouse who is the alternate
                payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in
                Section 414(p) of the Code, are Distributees with regard to the
                interest of the Spouse or former Spouse.

           (4)  Direct Rollover means a payment by the Plan to the Eligible
                ---------------
                Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee.

                             Exhibit 10.4  Page 33
<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE VI

                         Preretirement Death Benefits


6.01  Eligibility for Death Benefit. The surviving Spouse of a Participant
      -----------------------------
      who:

      (a)  Had a Benefit under the Plan;

      (b)  Had at least one Hour of Service on or after August 23, 1984;

      (c)  Died before his Annuity Starting Date; and

      (d)  Was married to such Spouse on his date of death,

      shall be entitled to receive a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity
      determined under Section 6.02 below.

      A Participant who is entitled to a Qualified Preretirement Survivor
      Annuity pursuant to this Section and who is employed by an Employer on the
      date of his death shall be 100% vested in his Accrued Benefit on the date
      of his death.


6.02  Amount of Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity.
      --------------------------------------------------

      (a)  If a Participant described in Section 6.01 dies after attaining his
           Earliest Retirement Age as described in subsection (c) below, the
           Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity payable to his surviving
           Spouse shall be a survivor annuity for life equal to the annuity that
           would have been payable to such Spouse if the Participant had retired
           on the date preceding his death with his Benefit payable in the form
           of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, as described in Section
           5.02(b) reduced in accordance with Section 3.02.

      (b)  If a Participant described in Section 6.01 dies prior to attaining
           his Earliest Retirement Age, the Qualified Preretirement Survivor
           Annuity payable to his surviving Spouse shall be a survivor annuity
           for life equal to the annuity which would have been payable to such
           Spouse if such Participant had:

          (1)  Separated from service on his or her date of death (or date of
               actual separation from service, if earlier);

          (2)  Survived to the date he would have first been eligible to retire
               under the Plan;

          (3)  Retired with a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity at such date
               or retirement eligibility; and

                             Exhibit 10.4 Page 34
<PAGE>

          (4)  Died on the next day.

      (c)  Notwithstanding subsections (a) and (b), if the Participant is
           married at the time of his death, has not waived his benefit under
           this Section, and dies while actively employed with an Employer, the
           surviving Spouse's death benefit payable shall be the greater of the
           benefit described in Section 6.03 payable as if the Participant had
           designated his surviving Spouse as his Beneficiary under that
           Section, expressed as an Actuarially Equivalent monthly benefit
           payable for the surviving Spouse's life, or the amount described in
           subsection (a) or (b) above, as applicable.

      (d)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Spouse of a Participant in respect
           of whom the death benefit under this paragraph (b) is payable shall
           be entitled to elect any optional form of payment pursuant to Section
           5.02, provided such election is made ninety days prior to the date
           the lifetime benefit would otherwise commence, and provided further
           that the Company shall furnish to the Spouse within a reasonable
           amount of time after the Spouse's election, a written explanation in
           non-technical language of the lifetime benefit and any alternatives,
           stating the financial effect (in terms of dollars) of each form of
           payment.

      (e)  For purposes of this Article, "Earliest Retirement Age" means the
           earliest date on which the Participant could separate from service
           and receive a voluntary distribution from the Plan.

6.03  Alternative Death Benefit.  If the Participant dies while employed by an
      -------------------------
      Employer and (i) the Participant is not married at the time of his death,
      or (ii) the Participant waives the benefit under Section 6.02, then

      (a)  In the event of the Participant's death before the earlier of his
           Early Retirement Date or his Normal Retirement Date, the
           Participant's Beneficiary shall receive a monthly benefit payable for
           the life of the Beneficiary that is the Actuarial Equivalent of one
           hundred percent (100%) of the Actuarial Equivalent of the
           Participant's Accrued Benefit calculated as of the Participant's
           death.

      (b)  In the event the Participant's death occurs after the earlier of his
           Early Retirement Date or his Normal Retirement Date, the death
           benefit shall be equal to the greater of sixty percent (60%) of the
           Participant's Normal Retirement Benefit calculated as of the date of
           the Participant's death but calculated as though the Participant had
           continued his service and earnings until age sixty-five (65), or, one
           hundred percent (100%) of the amount determined in (a) above, and
           payable monthly, beginning at age sixty-five (65), for the life of
           the Participant's Beneficiary.

      (c)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Beneficiary may elect to receive
           this benefit in any Actuarially Equivalent optional form of payment
           pursuant to Section 5.02.

                             Exhibit 10.4 Page 35
<PAGE>

6.04  Cash-out of Accrued Benefit.   Notwithstanding any other provision of the
      ---------------------------
      Plan, in the event the Actuarial Equivalent of the Qualified Preretirement
      Survivor Annuity has not, at the time of this or any prior distribution,
      exceeded the amount (five thousand dollars ($5,000) effective October 1,
      1999, three thousand five hundred dollars ($3,500) effective prior to
      October 1, 1999) permitted to be cashed out without consent under Section
      417(e) of the Code, payment of such benefit shall be in the form of a
      single sum. In the event the Actuarial Equivalent of the Qualified
      Preretirement Survivor Annuity exceeds the amount permitted to be cashed
      out without consent under Section 417(e) of the Code but does not exceed
      ten thousand dollars ($10,000), at the option of the surviving Spouse,
      payment of such benefit may be in the form of a single sum. Any such one-
      sum payment shall be in lieu of the benefits otherwise payable hereunder.

6.05  Time of Payment.  Payments to the surviving Spouse of the Qualified
      ---------------
      Preretirement Survivor Annuity described in Section 6.02 shall commence on
      the first day of the month in which the Participant would have attained
      his Earliest Retirement Age under the Plan. Provided, however, that at the
      election of the surviving Spouse, commencement of payments may be
      postponed to a date which is no later than the first day of the month in
      which the Participant would have attained his Normal Retirement Age under
      the Plan. If payment to the surviving Spouse of a Qualified Preretirement
      Survivor Annuity begins at a date later than the first day of the month in
      which the Participant would have attained earliest Retirement Age under
      the Plan, such payment shall be determined as if the Participant separated
      from service on his or her date of death (or date of actual separation
      from service, if earlier); survived to the date the surviving spouse
      benefit is to commence; retired with a Qualified Joint and Survivor
      Annually at such date; and died the next day.

                             Exhibit 10.4 Page 36
<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE VII

                            Limitations on Benefits


7.01  Limitation on Annual Benefit.
      ----------------------------

      (a)  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary the maximum
           annual Retirement Benefit payable to a Participant under the Plan
           shall be subject to the limitations set forth in Section 415 of the
           Code.


      (b)  If the Retirement Benefit begins before the Participant reaches
           Social Security Retirement Age and on or after reaching age sixty-two
           (62), the dollar limitation described in Section 415(b)(1)(A) of the
           Code shall be reduced by five-ninths percent (5/9%) for each of the
           first thirty-six (36) months and by five-twelfths percent (5/12 %)
           for each of the additional months by which benefits commence before
           the month in which the Participant attains his Social Security
           Retirement Age.


      (c)  If the Retirement Benefit begins before the Participant reaches age
           sixty-two (62), the dollar limitation described in Section
           415(b)(1)(A) of the Code shall be the Actuarial Equivalent of the
           maximum benefit payable at age sixty-two (62).

      (d)  If the Retirement Benefit begins after the Participant's Social
           Security Retirement Age, such dollar limitation shall be the
           Actuarial Equivalent of the maximum benefit payable at the
           Participant's Social Security Retirement Age.

      (e)  If the Retirement Benefit is payable neither as a life annuity nor as
           a qualified joint and survivor annuity with the Participant's spouse
           as beneficiary, the maximum limitation shall be of Actuarial
           Equivalent to the maximum limitation otherwise applicable.

      (f)  Effective October 1, 1995, Actuarial Equivalent for purposes of this
           Section shall be determined in accordance with Section 415(b) of the
           Code and using the Plan's early retirement, late retirement, or
           optional benefit factors as appropriate, or, factors calculated from
           the IRS Mortality Table, if applicable, and five percent (5%),
           whichever factors result in the lowest dollar limitation.

      (g)  For limitation years commencing prior to January 1, 2000, if a
           Participant is a participant in any qualified defined contribution
           plan required to be taken into account for purposes of applying the
           combined plan limitations contained in Section 415(e) of the Code,
           then for any year the sum of the defined benefit plan fraction and
           the defined contribution plan fraction, as such terms are defined in
           said Section 415(e), shall not exceed 1.0. If for any year the
           foregoing combined plan limitation

                             Exhibit 10.4 Page 37
<PAGE>

           would be exceeded, the benefit provided under this Plan shall be
           reduced to the extent necessary to meet that limitation.

      (h)  Limitation Year generally means the Plan Year, unless the Company
           ---------------
           elects a different twelve (12) consecutive month period as provided
           by Treasury Regulation Section 1.415-2(b).

7.02  Reduction for Less Than 10 Years of Participation or Service.
      ------------------------------------------------------------

      (a)  Dollar Limitation.  If a Participant is credited with fewer than ten
           -----------------
           (10) years of Plan participation, the dollar limitation of Section
           7.01(a), as it may be adjusted in accordance with Section 7.02, shall
           be reduced by multiplying such amount by a fraction not to exceed one
           (1.0), the numerator of which is the Participant's number of years of
           participation (or part thereof) and the denominator of which is ten
           (10).

      (b)  Limitation on Compensation and Benefits. If a Participant is credited
           ---------------------------------------
           with fewer than ten (10) Years of Service with the Employer or with
           any other member of the Affiliated Group, the limitation under
           Section 7.01(b) and the ten thousand dollar ($10,000) minimum annual
           Benefit described in Section 7.01 shall be reduced by multiplying
           such amounts by a fraction not to exceed one (1.0), the numerator of
           which is the Participant's number of Years of Service and the
           denominator of which is ten (10).

      (c)  Change in Benefit Structure.  To the extent provided in regulations,
           ---------------------------
           the limitations set out in subsection (a) shall be applied separately
           with respect to each change in the benefit structure of the Plan.

      In no event shall the reductions set out in (a) and (b) above result in a
      limitation or amount which is less than one-tenth (1/10) of such
      limitation or amount determined without regard to this Section 7.04.

7.03  Preservation of Current Accrued Benefit.  If the Accrued Benefit of an
      ---------------------------------------
      individual who was a Participant as of the first day of the Limitation
      Year beginning in 1987 exceeds the benefit limitations under Section 7.01,
      as modified by Section 7.03 and Section 7.04, then, for purposes of those
      Sections and Section 7.06, the Dollar Limitation shall be equal to such
      Current Accrued Benefit.

      For purposes of this Section, Current Accrued Benefit means the
      Participant's accrued benefit under the Plan, determined as if the
      Participant had separated from service as of the close of the last
      Limitation Year beginning before January 1, 1987, when expressed as a
      benefit payable annually in the form of a straight life annuity (with no
      ancillary benefits) under a plan to which employees do not contribute and
      under which no rollover contributions (as defined in Sections 402(c),
      403(a)(4) and 408(d)(3) of the Code) are made. Any change in the terms and
      conditions of the Plan or any cost of living

                             Exhibit 10.4 Page 38
<PAGE>

      adjustment occurring after May 5, 1986 shall be disregarded in determining
      the amount of the Participant's Current Accrued Benefit.

      With respect to any individual who was a Participant prior to January 1,
      1989, the maximum annual benefit of such Participant shall not be less
      than such Participant's accrued benefit under the Plan determined as of
      the close of the last Limitation Year beginning before January 1, 1989
      (without taking into account any changes in the Plan or cost-of-living
      adjustments subsequent to January 1, 1989).

                             Exhibit 10.4 Page 39
<PAGE>

                                 ARTICLE VIII

                                Top-Heavy Rules


8.01  Top-Heavy Determination.
      -----------------------

      (a)  The provisions of this Article shall apply solely in the event that
           this Plan ever becomes Top-Heavy, as defined herein.

      (b)  For the purposes of this Article, the following definitions shall be
           used:

           (1)  Aggregation Group means
                -----------------

                (A)  Each plan of the Employer in which a Key Employee is a
                     Participant (in the Plan Year containing the Determination
                     Date or in any of the four preceding Plan Years), and

                (B)  Each other plan of the Employer which enables any plan
                     described in subsection (A) during the applicable period to
                     meet the requirements of Sections 401(a)(4) or 410 of the
                     Code.

                The Employer may treat any plan not described above as being
                part of such aggregation group if such group would continue to
                meet the requirements of Sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code
                with such plan being taken into account.

           (2)  Determination Date means, with respect to any Plan Year, the
                ------------------
                last day of the preceding Plan Year, or in the case of the first
                Plan Year, the last day of such Plan Year.

           (3)  Key Employee means an Employee, a former Employee or the
                ------------
                Beneficiary of a former Employee, if, in the Plan Year
                containing the Determination Date or in any of the four
                preceding Plan Years, such Employee or former Employee is or was

                (A)  An officer of the Employer whose annual Compensation for
                     any such Plan Year exceeds fifty percent (50%) of the
                     amount in effect under Section 415(b)(1)(A) of the Code;
                     provided however, that no more than fifty (50) Employees
                     (or, if less, the greater of three (3) Employees or ten
                     percent (10%) of the Employees) shall be treated as
                     officers. For purposes of determining the number of
                     officers taken into account, employees described in Section
                     414(q)(8) of the Code shall be excluded;

                             Exhibit 10.4 Page 40
<PAGE>

                (B)  One (1) of the ten (10) Employees owning (or considered as
                     owning within the meaning of Section 318 of the Code) both
                     the largest interest in the Employer and more than a one-
                     half of one percent (0.5%) interest therein and whose
                     annual Compensation for any such Plan Year equals or
                     exceeds the amount in effect under Section 415(c)(1)(A) of
                     the Code; provided, however, if two Employees have the same
                     interest in the Employer, the Employee with the greater
                     annual Compensation for such Plan Year shall be treated as
                     having the larger interest; or

                (C)  A five percent (5%) owner of the Employer, or a one percent
                     (1%) owner (within the meaning of Sections 416(i)(1)(B) and
                     (C) of the Code) of the Employer whose annual Compensation
                     from the Employer for such Plan Year exceeds $150,000.

           (4)  Non-Key Employee means any Employee who is not a Key Employee.
                ----------------

           (5)  Top-Heavy means that with respect to any Plan Year, the sum of
                ---------
                the present value of the cumulative Accrued Benefits (under this
                Plan and such other plans as provided in subsection (b)(1)
                above) for Key Employees as of any Determination Date exceeds
                sixty percent (60%) of the sum of the present value of the
                cumulative Accrued Benefits for all Employees. In making this
                calculation as of a Determination Date,

                (A)  The present value of an Accrued Benefit shall be determined
                     as of the most recent valuation date (which for purposes
                     hereof shall be the same date as is used for computing Plan
                     costs for minimum funding) occurring within the Plan Year
                     which includes the Determination Date,

                (B)  The present value of the Accrued Benefit of any Employee or
                     former Employee shall be increased by the aggregate
                     distribution made during the five (5) year period ending on
                     the Determination Date with respect to such Employee or
                     former Employee,

                (C)  The present value of the Accrued Benefit of

                     (i)  Any Non-Key Employee who was a Key Employee for any
                          prior Plan Year, and

                     (ii) Any former Employee who performed no service for the
                          employer maintaining the Plan during the five (5) year
                          period ending on the Determination Date shall be
                          ignored.

                             Exhibit 10.4 Page 41
<PAGE>

                (D)  If the present value of any Accrued Benefit under the Plan
                     includes any amount attributable to any rollovers to or
                     from the Plan, such value shall be adjusted, as required by
                     Section 416(g)(4)(A) of the Code.

                (E)  A Participant's Accrued Benefit in a defined benefit plan
                     will be determined under a uniform accrual method which
                     applies in all defined benefit plans maintained by the
                     Employer or, where there is no such method, as if such
                     benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest rate of
                     accrual permitted under the fractional rule of Section
                     411(b)(1)(c) of the Code.

                Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Plan shall be Top-Heavy if,
                as of any Determination Date, it is required by Section 416(g)
                of the Code to be included in an Aggregation Group which is
                determined to be a Top-Heavy Group. If an Aggregation Group
                includes two or more defined benefit plans, the actuarial
                assumptions set forth in this Section must be used with respect
                to all such plans and must be specified in such plans.

           (6)  Top-Heavy Group means any Aggregation Group if, as of the
                ---------------
                Determination Date, the sum of

                (A)  The present value of the cumulative accrued benefits for
                     all Key Employees under all defined benefit plans in such
                     Aggregation Group, and

                (B)  The aggregate of the accounts of all Key Employees under
                     all defined contribution plans in such Aggregation Group

                exceeds sixty percent (60%) of a similar sum determined for all
                Key Employees and Non-Key Employees.

           (7)  Compensation means compensation within the meaning of Section
                ------------
                415 Compensation and, except for the purpose of Section 8.03,
                shall also include any amount which is contributed by the
                Employer pursuant to a salary reduction agreement and which is
                not includible in the gross income of the Employee under Section
                125, 402(e)(3), 402(h) or 403(b) of the Code.

                Compensation of each Participant for the purposes of this
                Section for any determination period shall not exceed the limit
                on Compensation prescribed in Section 401(a)(17) of the Code
                (the "Section 401(a)(17) Limit"). For Plan Years beginning after
                December 31, 1988 and before January 1, 1994, this limitation
                shall be two hundred thousand dollars ($200,000), adjusted at
                the same time and in the same manner as under Section 415(d) of
                the Code, except that the first adjustment to the limit is

                             Exhibit 10.4 Page 42
<PAGE>

                effected on January 1, 1990. For Plan Years beginning on or
                after January 1, 1994, the limit is one hundred fifty thousand
                dollars ($150,000), as adjusted for increases in the cost of
                living in accordance with Section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code. The
                cost of living adjustment in effect on January 1 of any calendar
                year shall apply to any determination period beginning in such
                calendar year. For this purpose, the "determination period" is
                any period not exceeding twelve (12) months over which
                Compensation is determined. If a determination period consists
                of fewer than twelve (12) months, the Section 401(a)(17) Limit
                will be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the
                number of months in the determination period, and the
                denominator of which is twelve (12).

                For Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1997 in determining
                the Compensation of a Participant for purposes of this
                limitation, the rules of Section 414(q)(6) of the Code shall
                apply, except in applying such rules, the term "family" shall
                include only the Spouse of the Participant and any lineal
                descendant of the Participant who has not attained age nineteen
                (19) before the close of the year. If, as a result of the
                application of such rules, the adjusted Section 401(a)(17) Limit
                is exceeded, then (except for purposes of determining the
                portion of Compensation up to the integration level), the
                limitation shall be prorated among the affected individuals in
                proportion to each such individual's Compensation as determined
                under this Section prior to the application of this limitation.
                This paragraph shall not apply for Plan Years beginning on and
                after January 1, 1997.

                If Compensation for any prior determination period is taken into
                account in determining a Participant's benefits accruing in the
                current Plan Year, the Compensation for the prior determination
                period is subject to the adjusted 401(a)(17) Limit in effect for
                that prior determination period. For this purpose, for benefits
                accruing in Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1989 and
                before January 1, 1994 with respect to determination periods
                beginning before January 1, 1990, the Section 401(a)(17) Limit
                is two hundred thousand dollars ($200,000). Furthermore, for
                benefits accruing in Plan Years beginning on or after January 1,
                1994 with respect to determination periods beginning before the
                first day of the first plan year beginning on or after January
                1, 1994, the Section 401(a)(17) limit is one hundred and fifty
                thousand dollars ($150,000).

8.02  Vesting.
      -------

      (a)  For any Plan Year in which the Plan is Top-Heavy, the Vested
           Percentage applicable to the Accrued Benefit of an Employee who has
           at least one (1) Hour of Service after the Plan became Top-Heavy
           shall not be less than the percentage shown on the following table:

                             Exhibit 10.4 Page 43
<PAGE>

                           Years of             Vested
                        Vesting Service       Percentage
                        ---------------       ----------

                        less than 2                 0%
                        2 but less than 3          20%
                        3 but less than 4          40%
                        4 but less than 5          60%
                        5 but less than 6          80%
                        6 or more                 100%

      (b)  In the event the Plan ceases to be Top-Heavy for a Plan Year, the
           vesting schedule in effect immediately prior to the Plan Year in
           which the Plan became Top-Heavy shall again become applicable as an
           amendment to the Plan.

      (c)  In the event that the Plan becomes or ceases to be Top-Heavy, the
           Vested Percentage of a Participant's Accrued Benefit shall not be
           less than the Vested Percentage determined as of the last day of the
           last Plan Year prior to the change from Top-Heavy to not Top-Heavy or
           vice versa. Furthermore, each Participant who has completed at least
           three (3) Years of Vesting Service may elect to continue to have his
           Vested Percentage computed in accordance with the vesting schedule in
           effect for that Participant prior to the change.

8.03  Minimum Benefits.
      ----------------

      (a)  For any Plan Year in which the Plan is Top-Heavy and in which a
           Participant also participates in another qualified plan maintained by
           the Employer, the Top-Heavy minimum benefit required under this Plan
           will be provided under such other plan. For Employees who participate
           only in this Plan, the Accrued Benefit for a year in which the Plan
           is Top-Heavy, expressed as a life annuity (with no ancillary
           benefits) commencing at his Normal Retirement Date, shall be an
           amount which is not less than the product of

           (1) Two percent (2%),

           (2) The number of Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1984
               during which the Plan was Top-Heavy and with respect to which the
               Participant accrued a year of Vesting Service, and

           (3) The Participant's average annual Compensation for the period of
               five (5) consecutive Plan Years in each of which the Participant
               was an Active Participant and for which the Participant's
               aggregate annual Compensation was the greatest.  If the
               Participant did not receive Compensation in five (5) such Plan
               Years, his annual Compensation shall be averaged over his longest
               continuous period of participation.  In making the computations
               under this subparagraph, annual Compensation for Plan Years which
               are

                             Exhibit 10.4 Page 44
<PAGE>

               not included in the Plan Years taken into account under
               subsection (2) above shall be ignored.

      (b)  A Participant's minimum Benefit payable under this Section shall not
           exceed twenty percent (20%) of the amount described in subsection
           (a)(3).

      (c)  Only Non-Key Employees who have completed one thousand (1,000) Hours
           of Service shall receive the benefits described in this Section.

      (d)  Notwithstanding subsection (a), and to the extent permitted by
           applicable law and regulations, no benefit shall be accrued pursuant
           to this Section for a Plan Year with respect to Participant who is a
           participant in a defined contribution plan sponsored by an Employer
           if such Participant receives under such defined contribution plan
           (for the plan year ending with or within the Plan Year of this Plan)
           a contribution that is equal to or greater than five percent (5%) of
           such Participant's Section 415 Compensation for such Plan Year. If
           such contribution is less than five percent (5%) of the Participant's
           Section 415 Compensation for the Plan Year, the minimum Benefit
           provided in subsection (a) shall be offered by any Employer
           contribution provided under the defined contribution plan expressed
           as an actuarially equivalent annual benefit in accordance with
           regulations interpreting Section 416(f) of the Code.

8.04  Limitation on Benefits.  This Section shall apply for
      ----------------------
      limitation years beginning before January 1, 2000. In the event that the
      Plan is Top-Heavy, the limitations on the maximum benefit set out in
      Section 415(e) of the Code shall be modified as follows:

      (a)  The denominator of both the Defined Benefit Plan Fraction and the
           Defined Contribution Plan Fraction set forth in Sections 7.06(a)(1)
           and (b), respectively, shall be adjusted by substituting "one hundred
           percent (100%)" for "one hundred twenty-five percent (125%)" wherever
           it appears, and

      (b)  The numerator of the "transition fraction" described in Section
           415(e)(6)(B)(i) of the Code shall be calculated by substituting
           $41,500 for $51,875, to the extent required by Section 416(h) of the
           Code.

                             Exhibit 10.4 Page 45
<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE IX

                              Plan Administration


9.01  Plan Administrator.  The Board shall appoint a Plan Committee
      ------------------
      ("Committee") which shall be the named fiduciary having the authority to
      control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan. The
      Committee shall consist of not less than three (3) persons. If the Board
      does not appoint a Committee, the Board shall act as the Committee.

9.02  General Powers, Rights and Duties.  Except as otherwise specifically
      ---------------------------------
      provided and in addition to the powers, rights and duties specifically
      given to the Plan Administrator elsewhere in the Plan and the Trust
      Agreement or by direct, written delegation from the Company, the Plan
      Administrator shall have the power and the duty to take all action and to
      make all decisions necessary or proper to carry out the Plan. The powers
      and duties of the Plan Administrator shall include the following:

      (a)  To, in its discretion, interpret all Plan provisions and to determine
           all questions arising under the Plan, including the power to
           determine the eligibility of Employees, Participants and all other
           persons to participate in the Plan or to receive benefits under the
           Plan and to determine the amount of benefits payable under the Plan
           to any person and to remedy ambiguities, inconsistencies or
           omissions;

      (b)  To adopt such rules of procedure and regulations and prescribe the
           use of such forms as in its opinion may be necessary for the proper
           and efficient administration of the Plan and as are consistent with
           the Plan and Trust Agreement;

      (c)  To enforce the Plan in accordance with the terms of the Plan and the
           Trust Agreement and the rules and regulations adopted pursuant to (b)
           above;

      (d)  To direct the Trustee in writing to make payments from the Trust Fund
           to Participants who qualify for such payments hereunder. Such written
           notice shall include such information as may be required for payment
           of benefits;

      (e)  To furnish the Participating Employers with such information as may
           be required by them for tax or other purposes in connection with the
           Plan;

      (f)  To employ agents, attorneys, accountants, actuaries or other persons
           (who also may be employed by an Employer) and to allocate or delegate
           to them such powers, rights and duties as the Plan Administrator has
           and may consider necessary or advisable to properly carry out
           administration of the Plan or compliance with the requirements of
           ERISA, provided that such allocation or

                             Exhibit 10.4 Page 46
<PAGE>

           delegation and the acceptance thereof by such agents, attorneys or
           other persons shall be in writing;

      (g)  To exercise such authority as it deems appropriate in order to comply
           with the reporting and disclosure requirements of ERISA and
           regulations issued thereunder;

      (h)  To provide a full and fair review to any Participant whose claim for
           benefits has been denied in whole or in part; and

      (i)  To establish and carry out a funding policy and method consistent
           with the objectives of the Plan and ERISA, pursuant to which the
           Company shall determine the Plan's liquidity and financial needs and
           communicate them to the Trustees or other fiduciaries who are charged
           with determining investment policy.

9.03  Manner of Action.  During a period in which two (2) or more Committee
      ----------------
      members are acting, the following provisions apply where the context
      admits:

      (a)  The Committee shall select a Chairman and may select a Secretary (who
           may, but need not, be a member of the Committee).

      (b)  A Committee member may delegate any or all of his rights, powers, and
           duties to any other member provided such delegation is in writing and
           is consented to by such other Committee member.

      (c)  The Committee members may act by meeting and may execute any document
           by signing one document or concurrent documents.

      (d)  A majority of the members of the Committee at the time in office
           shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any
           meeting. Any determination or action of a Committee may be made or
           taken by a majority of the members present at any meeting or without
           a meeting by a resolution or written memorandum concurred in by a
           majority of the members then in office.

      (e)  If there is an even division of opinion among the Committee members
           as to a matter, a disinterested party selected by the Committee shall
           decide the matter and his decision shall control.

      (f)  Except as otherwise provided by law, no member of the Committee shall
           be liable or responsible for an act or omission of the other
           Committee members in which the former has not concurred.

      (g)  The certificate of the secretary of the Committee or of a majority of
           the Committee members that the Committee has taken or authorized any
           action shall be conclusive in favor of any person relying on the
           certificate.

                             Exhibit 10.4 Page 47
<PAGE>

9.04  Interested Committee Member.  A member of the Committee who is also a
      ---------------------------
      Participant in the Plan may not decide or determine any issue concerning
      the amount of his benefit or its distribution to him unless such decision
      or determination could be made by him under the Plan if he were not
      serving on the Committee.

9.05  Resignation or Removal of Committee Members.  A member of the Committee
      -------------------------------------------
      may be removed by the Board at any time by thirty (30) days prior written
      notice to him and the other members of the Committee. A member of the
      Committee may resign at any time by giving thirty (30) days written notice
      to the Board and the other members of the Committee. The Board may fill
      any vacancy in the membership of the Committee; provided, however, that if
      a vacancy reduces the membership of the Committee to less than three (3),
      such vacancy shall be filled as soon as practicable. The Board shall give
      prompt written notice thereof to the members of the Committee. Until any
      such vacancy is filled, the remaining members may exercise all of the
      powers, rights and duties conferred on the Committee.

9.06  Nondiscrimination.  The Plan Administrator shall not take action nor
      -----------------
      direct the Trustee to take any action with respect to any of the benefits
      provided hereunder which would discriminate in favor of highly compensated
      employees or which would benefit certain Participants at the expense of
      others. There shall similarly be no discrimination between similarly-
      situated Participants. This provision shall not limit the power of the
      Employer to act in its capacity as settlor with respect to the Plan.

9.07  Delegation and Reliance. To the extent permitted by law, the Plan
      -----------------------
      Administrator and any person to whom it may delegate any duty or power in
      connection with administering the Plan, the Employer, and the officers and
      directors thereof, shall be entitled to rely conclusively upon, and shall
      be fully protected in any action taken in good faith in the reliance upon
      any actuary, counsel, accountant or other person selected by the Plan
      Administrator. Further, to the extent permitted by law, neither the Plan
      Administrator, nor any members thereof, nor any Employer, nor the officers
      or directors thereof, shall be liable for any neglect, omission or
      wrongdoing of a Trustee, insurance company, investment manager, or any
      other person or fiduciary.

9.08  Claims Procedure.  The claims procedure hereunder shall be as provided
      ----------------
      herein:

      (a)  Claim.  A Participant or Beneficiary or other person who believes
           -----
           that he is being denied a benefit to which he is entitled
           (hereinafter referred to as "Claimant") may file a written request
           for such benefit with the Plan Administrator setting forth his claim.

      (b)  Response to Claim. The Plan Administrator shall respond within ninety
           -----------------
           (90) days of receipt of the claim. However, upon written notification
           to the Claimant, the response period may be extended for an
           additional ninety (90) days for reasonable cause. If the claim is
           denied in whole or in part, the Claimant shall be provided with a
           written opinion using nontechnical language setting forth:

                             Exhibit 10.4 Page 48
<PAGE>

           (1)  The specific reason or reasons for denial;

           (2)  The specific references to pertinent Plan provisions on which
                the denial is based;

           (3)  A description of any additional material or information
                necessary for the Claimant to perfect the claim and an
                explanation of why such material or such information is
                necessary;

           (4)  Appropriate information as to the steps to be taken if the
                Claimant wishes to submit the claim for review; and

           (5)  The time limits for requesting a review.

      (c)  Request for Review.  Within sixty (60) days after the receipt by the
           ------------------
           Claimant of the written opinion described above, the Claimant may
           request in writing that the Plan Administrator review the
           determination.

           The Claimant or his duly authorized representative may review the
           pertinent documents and submit issues and comments in writing for
           consideration by the Plan Administrator. If the Claimant does not
           request a review of the determination within such sixty (60) day
           period, he shall be barred from challenging the determination.

      (d)  Review and Decision.  The Plan Administrator shall review the
           -------------------
           determination within sixty (60) days after receipt of a Claimant's
           request for review; provided, however, that for reasonable cause such
           period may be extended to no more than one hundred twenty (120) days.
           After considering all materials presented by the Claimant, the Plan
           Administrator will render a written opinion, written in a manner
           calculated to be understood by the Claimant setting forth the
           specific reasons for the decision and containing specific references
           to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the decision is based.

9.09  Plan Administrator's Decision Final.  Subject to applicable law, any
      -----------------------------------
      interpretation of the provisions of the Plan and any decision on any
      matter within the discretion of the Plan Administrator made by the Plan
      Administrator in good faith shall be binding on all persons. Any
      misstatement or other mistake of fact shall be corrected when it becomes
      known and the Plan Administrator shall make such adjustment on account
      thereof as it considers equitable and practicable.

9.10  Standard of Review.  The Plan Administrator shall perform its duties as
      ------------------
      the Plan Administrator and in its sole discretion shall determine
      appropriate courses of action in light of the reason and purpose for which
      this Plan is established and maintained. In particular, the Plan
      Administrator shall interpret all Plan provisions, and make all
      determinations as to whether any Participant or Beneficiary is entitled to
      receive any benefit under the terms of this Plan which interpretation
      shall be made by the Plan

                             Exhibit 10.4 Page 49
<PAGE>

      Administrator in its sole discretion. Any construction of the terms of the
      Plan that is adopted by the Plan Administrator and for which there is a
      rational basis shall be final and legally binding on all parties.

      Any interpretation of the Plan or other action of the Plan Administrator
      shall be subject to review only if such interpretation or other action is
      without rational basis. Any review of a final decision or action of the
      Plan Administrator shall be based only on such evidence presented to or
      considered by the Plan Administrator at the time it made the decision that
      is the subject of review. If any Participating Employer and/or any
      Eligible Employee who performs services for a Participating Employer that
      is or may be compensated for in part by benefits payable pursuant to this
      Plan, such an individual shall be treated as agreeing with and consenting
      to any decision that the Plan Administrator makes in its sole discretion
      and further agrees to the limited standard of review described by this
      Section 9.10 by the acceptance of such benefits.

9.11  Information Required by Plan Administrator.  Each person entitled to
      ------------------------------------------
      benefits under the Plan must file his most recent post office address with
      the Plan Administrator. Any communication, statement or notice addressed
      to any such person at the last post office address filed with the Plan
      Administrator will be binding upon such person for all purposes of the
      Plan. Each person entitled to benefits under the Plan also shall furnish
      the Plan Administrator with such documents or information as the Plan
      Administrator considers necessary or desirable for the purpose of
      administering the Plan. The Employer shall furnish the Plan Administrator
      with such data and information as the Plan Administrator may deem
      necessary or desirable in order to administer the Plan. The records of any
      Employer with respect to periods of employment, termination of employment
      and the reason therefor, leave of absence, re-employment and earnings will
      be conclusive on all persons unless determined by the Plan Administrator
      to be incorrect.

9.12  Expenses of the Plan.  Administrative expenses of the Plan, such as
      --------------------
      actuarial, consulting and legal services, shall be paid directly by the
      Trust Fund to the extent such payments are permitted by law. Such expenses
      may, in the discretion of the Employer, be paid directly by the Employer.

9.13  Freedom from Liability.  The Plan Administrator shall be entitled to
      ----------------------
      rely upon information furnished by the Company and upon tables, valuation,
      certificates, opinions and reports furnished by any trustee, accountant,
      actuary, insurer or legal counsel in connection with any action or
      determination. To the extent permitted by law, the Company shall
      indemnify, hold harmless and defend the Plan Administrator against any
      liability or loss (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim)
      sustained as a result of any act or omission in their administrative
      capacities, if such act or omission does not involve willful misconduct.
      Such indemnification shall include attorneys' fees and other costs and
      expenses reasonably incurred in defense of any action brought against the
      Plan Administrator and shall apply to any persons who are or were
      directors, officers or Employees of any Employer who may be subjected to
      liability by reason of an act or omission occurring in good faith in the
      operation and administration of the Plan or Trust or in the investment of
      the assets of the Trust.

                             Exhibit 10.4 Page 50
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE X

                           Amendment or Termination


10.01 Amendment or Modification of the Plan. Except as provided herein, the
      -------------------------------------
      Board reserves the right to amend or terminate this Plan at any time and
      in any manner. The Board may delegate this authority to any officer(s) of
      the Company. Any action by the Board shall be evidenced by a valid
      resolution. Any action by any officer(s) shall be evidenced by a valid
      officer's certificate. The resolutions and officer's certificates shall be
      attached to this Plan and considered a part hereof. No modification or
      amendment shall:

      (a) Cause or permit any portion of the funds or assets of the Plan to
          become the property of the Employer prior to the satisfaction of all
          liabilities of the Plan;

      (b) Increase the duties or responsibilities of the Trustee without its
          written consent;

      (c) Be effective to the extent that it may decrease the Accrued Benefit
          (as provided in Code Section 411(d)(6)) of any Participant, except as
          permitted pursuant to Section 412(c)(8) of the Code; or

      (d) Become effective until set forth in a revised participation agreement
          executed by the Company if such amendment is made by any other
          Employer.

      If the Plan's vesting schedule is changed as a result of an amendment,
      each Participant who has completed at least three (3) Years of Service may
      elect to continue to have his vested percentage computed in accordance
      with the vesting schedule in effect for that Participant prior to the
      amendment. This election may be made no earlier than the date the
      amendment is adopted and no later than the latest of the date that is
      sixty (60) days after the date: (i) the amendment is adopted; (ii) the
      amendment becomes effective; or (iii) the Participant is issued a written
      notice of the amendment by the Employer or Plan Administrator.

10.02 Termination of the Plan. Although the Company intends to continue the Plan
      -----------------------
      as a permanent retirement program for the benefit of its Participants, the
      making of contributions and the continuation of the Plan are not assumed
      by the Employer as a contractual obligation. The Employer expressly does
      not guarantee the payment of any benefit or amount which may become due
      under the Plan to any Participant or Beneficiary. The Employer reserves
      the right at any time to discontinue its contributions or to terminate the
      Plan. The Plan may also be terminated as a result of a determination by
      the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (PBGC), or by a decree by an
      appropriate court of law.

10.03 Distribution upon Termination of the Plan. Upon termination or partial
      -----------------------------------------
      termination of the Plan by an Employer, each Participant's Accrued
      Benefit, to the extent funded, shall be

                             Exhibit 10.4 Page 51
<PAGE>

      nonforfeitable, and the plan assets held by the Trustee and/or insurance
      company or companies for that Employer (or in the case of partial
      termination, for that particular group of Participants) shall be allocated
      in accordance with Section 4044 of ERISA in order to provide pensions for
      the affected Participants and Beneficiaries.

10.04 Residual Assets. To the extent permitted by law, any residual assets of
      ---------------
      the Plan shall be distributed to the Employer if all liabilities of the
      Plan to Participants and Beneficiaries have been satisfied. Such assets
      shall be allocated among Participating Employers in such proportions as
      the Company shall determine. If this Section of the Plan is amended and
      the Plan previously did not contain a provision for the reversion of
      residual assets to the Employer upon Plan termination, this Section shall
      first become effective at the end of the fifth (5th) calendar year
      following the date of the adoption of this Restatement.

10.05 Restriction on Distribution of Benefits.
      ---------------------------------------

      (a) The provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(a)(4)-5(b) shall
          apply.  In addition, annual payments to an employee who is among the
          twenty-five (25) highly compensated employees or highly compensated
          former employees with the greatest Compensation in the current or any
          prior year shall not exceed an amount equal to the payments that would
          be made on behalf of the employee under:

          (1)  A straight life annuity that is the actuarial equivalent of the
               employee's Accrued Benefit and the other benefits to which the
               employee is entitled under the Plan (other than any Social
               Security Supplement); and

          (2)  The amount of the payments that the employee is entitled to
               receive under any Social Security supplement.

      (b) The restrictions of Subsection (a) do not apply if any one of the
          following is satisfied:

          (1)  After payment to such employee of all benefits (as described in
               Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(a)(4)-5(b)(3)(iii)), the value
               of Plan assets equals or exceeds one hundred ten percent (110%)
               of the value of current liabilities, as defined in Section
               412(l)(7);

          (2)  The value of the benefits (as described in Treasury Regulation
               Section 1.401(a)(4)-5(b)(3)(iii)) for such employee is less than
               one percent (1%) of the value of current liabilities before
               distribution; or

          (3)  The value of the benefits (as described in Treasury Regulation
               Section 1.401(a)(4)-5(b)(3)(iii)) for such employee does not
               exceed the amount described in Section 411(a)(11)(A) of the Code;
               or

          (4)  The Plan terminates and the benefit received by each Participant
               is nondiscriminatory under Section 401(a)(4) of the Code.

                             Exhibit 10.4 Page 52
<PAGE>

      The above provisions shall apply only to the extent required by Section
      401(a)(4) of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

10.06 Repayment of Restricted Amounts. Notwithstanding the above, the Plan
      -------------------------------
      Administrator, to the extent permitted by law and this Plan, may authorize
      payment of a Participant's entire Benefit in the form of a lump sum,
      provided that:

      (a) The Participant enters into an agreement with the Trustee providing
          for repayment of the amount which would be restricted under Section
          10.05 in the event there is a termination of the Plan during the
          applicable period, and

      (b) The Participant guarantees such repayment by depositing in escrow with
          an acceptable depository either:

          (1)  Property having a fair market value equal to one hundred twenty-
               five percent (125%) of the amount which would have to be repaid
               if the Plan had terminated on the date the lump sum was paid, or

          (2)  A bond equal to at least one hundred percent (100%) of such
               amount, which bond must be issued by an insurance company,
               bonding company or other surety approved by the U.S. Treasury
               Department as an acceptable surety for federal bonds, or

          (3)  A bank letter of credit in an amount equal to at least one
               hundred percent (100%) of such amount.

          The Participant must further agree that if the fair market value of
          deposited property (pursuant to (A) above) declines to less than one
          hundred ten percent (110%) of the amount to be repaid, he or she shall
          deliver additional property to the depository such that the total
          value of all property so deposited is increased to one hundred twenty-
          five percent (125%) of the amount to be repaid.

          Property or assets shall be held in the depository until the Plan
          Administrator certifies to the depository, surety or bank that no
          obligation of repayment exists.  Provided, however, that property in
          the escrow account may be withdrawn by the Participant to the extent
          it exceeds one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the amount to be
          repaid.  Likewise, a bond or letter of credit may be reduced to the
          extent it exceeds one hundred percent (100%) of such amount.  The
          Participant may withdraw earnings on the property in escrow provided
          the value of the property in escrow does not fall below the required
          level.  The amount to be repaid may be adjusted to take into account
          the decrease in the restriction as the applicable ten (10) year period
          elapses.

                             Exhibit 10.4 Page 53
<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE XI

                              Funding of the Plan


11.01 Establishment of Trust. For the purpose of funding the Benefits provided
      ----------------------
      for herein, the Company has established a Trust Fund. The Employer shall
      contribute funds into the Trust Fund for the purpose of distributing to
      Participants and their Beneficiaries the corpus and income of the fund
      accumulated by the Trust in accordance with the Plan. The Trustee shall
      receive, hold in trust and disburse the assets of the Trust Fund in
      accordance with the provisions of the Plan and Trust. The Plan
      Administrator shall direct the Trustee in writing to make payments to or
      on behalf of Participants entitled to Benefits in accordance with this
      Plan and the Trust Agreement.

11.02 Employer Contributions. The Employer shall make such contributions to the
      ----------------------
      Trust Fund as are required to keep the Plan qualified under Section 401 of
      the Code and any other relevant section of the Code or any successors
      thereto, subject to its right to amend or discontinue the Plan and
      discontinue contributions. All Benefits will be paid from the Trust and
      neither the Employer nor the Trustee shall be liable to Participants or
      their Beneficiaries if the Trust corpus shall be insufficient to provide
      for the payment of Benefits. Except as provided by ERISA, the Employer
      shall have no liability with respect to the administration of the Trust or
      of the funds, securities or other assets paid over to the Trustee, and
      each Participant or other Beneficiary shall look solely to the Trust Fund
      or the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (PBGC) for any payments of
      Benefits under the Plan.

      One Employer that has adopted this Plan for the benefit of its employees
      may make contributions hereto for the benefit of the employees of another
      Employer that has adopted this Plan, to the extent that the Employer
      making such contribution would be entitled to claim a federal income tax
      deduction for such contribution.

11.03 Funding Standards. The Employer intends to contribute, but does not
      -----------------
      guarantee to do so, funds hereunder in amounts no less than the minimum
      required by the funding standards of ERISA. The Employer may from time to
      time contribute amounts greater than such minimum. A funding standard
      account shall be established and maintained so that it may be determined
      if the Employer has complied with minimum funding standards.

11.04 Changes in Funding Medium or Method. The Company reserves the right to
      -----------------------------------
      change the medium and method of funding at any time at its discretion and
      without the consent of any person or organization, subject to any
      applicable requirements of ERISA. Subject to the specific provisions of
      the Trust Agreement, the Company reserves the right to amend the Trust
      Agreement and to remove the current Trustee and appoint a successor
      Trustee as it may deem appropriate.

                            Exhibit 10.4    Page 54



<PAGE>

11.05 Purchase of Annuities. If pursuant to the Trust Agreement the Trustee is
      ---------------------
      directed by the Plan Administrator to purchase restricted non-transferable
      annuities from an insurance company to provide the benefits of the
      Participants, any dividends or other credits generated under any such
      annuity contract shall be applied to reduce the amount of future
      contributions by the Employer.

11.06 No Diversion. No part of the corpus or income of the Trust Fund shall be
      ------------
      used for, or diverted to, purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of
      Participants or their Beneficiaries, at any time prior to the satisfaction
      of all liabilities with respect to Participants and their Beneficiaries
      under the Plan and Trust. The Company intends that the Plan shall meet the
      requirements of the Code pertaining to the qualification of employee
      pension plans. Under no circumstances shall the Employer have any vested
      right, title or interest in any assets in the Trust Fund nor shall any
      such assets revert to the Employer or inure to its benefit in any way
      prior to satisfaction of all liabilities of the Plan. Any Participant with
      a vested Benefit hereunder shall only be entitled to Benefits to the
      extent funded, except as provided by ERISA.

11.07 Treatment of Forfeitures. Any forfeitures arising hereunder shall be used
      ------------------------
      to reduce future Employer contributions. Such forfeitures shall not be
      applied to increase the Benefits any Participant would otherwise receive
      under the Plan.

11.08 Return of Contributions. All Employer contributions are made conditioned
      -----------------------
      upon their deductibility for federal income tax purposes under Section 404
      of the Code and upon continuing qualification of the Plan under Section
      401 of the Code. Amounts contributed by the Employer shall be returned to
      the Employer under the following conditions:

      (a) If a contribution was made by an Employer by a mistake of fact, the
          excess of the amount of such contribution over the amount that would
          have been contributed had there been no mistake of fact shall be
          returned to the Employer within one year after the payment of the
          contribution.

      (b) If an Employer makes a contribution which is not deductible under
          Section 404 of the Code, such contribution (but only to the extent
          disallowed) shall be returned to the Employer within one year after
          the disallowance of the deduction, or in the case of de minimis
          nondeductible contribution as described in Rev. Proc. 90-49, returned
          within one year from the date of actuarial certification.

      (c) If an Employer makes a contribution which is conditioned on initial
          qualification of the Plan under the Code and if the Plan does not so
          qualify, then such contribution shall be returned to the Employer
          within one year after the date of denial of qualification of the Plan
          provided that an application for determination is made by the time
          prescribed by law for filing the Employer's federal income tax return
          for the taxable year in which the Plan was adopted or such later date
          as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe.

                             Exhibit 10.4 Page 55
<PAGE>

11.09 Litigation by Participants or Beneficiaries. If a Participant or other
      -------------------------------------------
      person brings a legal action against the Trustee, one or more Employers,
      and/or the Committee (or any member or members thereof), and such action
      results adversely to that person, or if a legal action arises because of
      conflicting claims to a Participant's or other person's benefits, the
      costs borne by the Trustee, the Employers, the Committee (or any member or
      members thereof) in defending the action will be charged, to the extent
      permitted by law, to the amounts involved in the action or which were
      payable to the Participant or other person concerned.

                             Exhibit 10.4 Page 56
<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE XII

                              General Provisions

12.01 Non-Alienation.
      --------------

      (a) None of the Benefits under the Plan are subject to the claims of
          creditors of Participants or Beneficiaries, and will not be subject to
          attachment, garnishment or any other legal process.  Neither a
          Participant nor a Beneficiary may assign, sell, borrow on, or
          otherwise encumber any of his beneficial interest in the Plan and
          Trust Fund, nor shall any such Benefits be in any manner liable for or
          subject to the deeds, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts of
          any Participant or Beneficiary.  If a Participant or Beneficiary
          becomes bankrupt or attempts to anticipate, sell, alienate, transfer,
          pledge, assign, encumber or change any Benefit specifically provided
          for herein, or if a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order
          purporting to subject such interest to the claim of any creditor, then
          the Trustee shall hold or apply such Benefit to or for the benefit of
          such Participant or Beneficiary in such manner as the Employer may
          deem proper.  The foregoing shall not apply to judgments, orders and
          decrees issued after, and settlement agreements entered into on or
          after, August 5, 1997 to the extent permitted by Code Section
          401(a)(13)(C) and (D).

      (b) The restrictions set out in the preceding subsection shall also apply
          to the creation, assignment, or recognition of a right under a
          domestic relations order, unless such order is determined to be a
          qualified domestic relations order as defined in Section 414(p) of the
          Code (and those other domestic relations orders permitted to be so
          treated as a qualified domestic relations order under the provisions
          of the Retirement Equity Act of 1984).  A domestic relations order
          entered before January 1, 1985 will be treated as a qualified domestic
          relations order if payment of Benefits pursuant to the order has
          commenced as of such date, or if benefits had not commenced by such
          date, may be treated as a qualified domestic relations order pursuant
          to written procedures promulgated by the Plan Administrator.

          The Plan Administrator shall develop written procedures to determine
          whether a domestic relations court order meets the requirements of a
          qualified domestic relations court order as defined in Section 414(p)
          of the Code and to determine the method of distributing benefits in
          compliance with the order.  Upon receiving a domestic relations court
          order, the Administrator shall notify all affected participants and
          any alternate payees that the order has been received.  The Plan
          Administrator shall also notify the affected Participants and
          alternate payees of its procedure for determining whether the domestic
          relations order is qualified under Section 414(p) of the Code.

          While the Plan Administrator is determining the qualified status of
          the order, the Plan Administrator shall segregate in a separate
          account the amount (if any) that

                             Exhibit 10.4 Page 57
<PAGE>

          will be payable to an alternate payee under this order (if it were a
          qualified domestic relations order) during this period. If the Plan
          Administrator determines the order is a qualified domestic relations
          order under Section 414(p) of the Code, during the 18 month period
          commencing on the date the first payment would be required under the
          qualified domestic relations order, then the alternate payee shall
          receive payment from the separate account. If the Administrator cannot
          make a determination of the order's qualified status during the 18
          month period (or determines the order is not a qualified domestic
          relations order), then the trustee shall return the amounts in the
          separate account to the account of the affected Participants as if no
          court order had been received.

12.02 Substitute Payee. In the event a distribution is to be made to a minor or
      ----------------
      to any Participant or other Beneficiary who, in the opinion of the Plan
      Administrator, is incapable of properly using, expending, investing or
      otherwise disposing of such distribution, the Plan Administrator may,
      based on objective criteria, order the Trustee to make such distribution
      to a legal or natural guardian or other relative of such minor or to the
      court appointed guardian of any incompetent, or to any adult with whom
      such person temporarily or permanently resides. Such distribution shall
      fully discharge the Trustee, Employer and Plan from further liability.

12.03 Absence of Guarantee.  Neither the Plan Administrator nor any Employer
      --------------------
      in any way guarantees the Trust Fund from loss or depreciation. Except as
      required by applicable law, the Employers do not guarantee any payment to
      any person. The liability of the Trustee or the Plan Administrator to make
      any payment under the Plan will be limited to the assets held by the
      Trustee which are available for that purpose.

12.04 No Contract. This Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract
      -----------
      between the Employer and any Participant or to be a consideration or an
      inducement for the employment of any Participant or Employee. Nothing
      contained in this Plan shall be deemed to give any Participant or Employee
      the right to be retained in the service of the Employer or to interfere
      with the right of the Employer to discharge any Participant or Employee at
      any time regardless of the effect which such discharge shall have upon
      such individual as a Participant in the Plan.

12.05 Missing Persons. If after making reasonable efforts (including mailing a
      ---------------
      notice to the last known address of the Participant or other payee under
      the Plan), the Trustee or insurance company is unable to locate a
      Participant or to ascertain the identity of, or to locate any other person
      to whom payment is due under the Plan, such payment and all subsequent
      payments otherwise due shall be forfeited twenty-four (24) months after
      the date such payment first became due or, upon termination, such payment
      and all subsequent payments shall be forfeited pursuant to the applicable
      law of escheat. Provided, however, that any payment forfeited under this
      Section other than by reason of escheat shall be reinstated retroactively
      no later than sixty (60) days after the date on which the Participant or
      other payee is located or identified.

                             Exhibit 10.4 Page 58
<PAGE>

12.06 Corporate Change. If the Employer is merged or consolidated with another
      ----------------
      organization, or another organization acquires all or substantially all of
      the Employer's assets, such organization may become the Employer hereunder
      by action of its Board of Directors and by action of the Board of
      Directors of the prior Employer, if still in existence. Such change in
      companies shall not be deemed a termination of the Plan by either the
      predecessor or successor company.

12.07 Merger. If this Plan is merged or consolidated with any other plan, or if
      ------
      the assets or liabilities of this Plan is transferred to any other plan,
      and such plan is then terminated, each Participant hereunder will receive
      a Benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation or transfer which is
      equal to or greater than the Benefit to which he would have received if
      this Plan had terminated immediately before such merger, consolidation or
      transfer.

12.08 USERRA.  Effective December 12, 1994, notwithstanding any provision of
      ------
      this Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and service credit with
      respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with
      Section 414(u) of the Internal Revenue Code.

                             Exhibit 10.4 Page 59
<PAGE>

                                 ARTICLE XIII

                    Adoption of the Plan by Other Entities


13.01 Adoption of Plan. Any member of the Affiliated Group may adopt this Plan
      ----------------
      for all or a portion of its employees, provided that the Board approves
      such participation and the basis of such participation is set forth in a
      participation agreement by and between such Participating Employer and the
      Board. The Plan and all participation agreements shall constitute a single
      plan collectively adopted by all Participating Employers.

      Such participation agreement may modify any of the terms of the Plan as
      applied to employees of such entity. The administrative powers and control
      of the Company as provided in the Plan shall not be deemed diminished
      under the Plan by reason of the participation of other Employers in the
      Plan. Each Participating Employer shall have the obligation to pay the
      contributions for its own employees and no other Employer shall have such
      obligation.

13.02 Withdrawal from Plan. A Participating Employer may withdraw at any time
       --------------------
      from the Plan without affecting the other Participating Employers by
      complying with the appropriate provisions of the Plan and Trust Agreement.
      The Board may, at its discretion, terminate a Participating Employer's
      participation in the Plan at any time, when in its judgment, such
      Participating Employer fails or refuses to discharge its obligations under
      the Plan, or if amendments to the Plan applicable to such Participating
      Employer are not deemed to be in the best interests of the Plan as a
      whole.


      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this amended and restated Plan is hereby executed on
      the  23    day of    November , 1999.
         -----             ---------    --

                                    AMERICAN PACIFIC CORPORATION
      ATTEST:     (SEAL)

                                    By Linda G. Ferguson
                                       -------------------

                             Exhibit 10.4 Page 60

<PAGE>

                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.5


                         AMERICAN PACIFIC CORPORATION
                    SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN

                                   Article I
                                   ---------
                            ESTABLISHMENT & PURPOSE
                            -----------------------

1.1  Establishment.  Effective as of January 1, 1999, American Pacific
     -------------
     Corporation (the "Company"), has amended and restated this supplemental
     executive retirement plan known as the American Pacific Corporation
     Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the "Plan") for the benefit of a
     select group of highly compensated employees and their Beneficiaries.

     The rights and benefits of Participants who are active Participants in the
     Plan on or after the Effective Date of this restated Plan shall be as
     provided herein, except as specifically provided or changed by subsequent
     amendment.

1.2  Purpose.  The purpose of the Plan is to provide retirement income and
     -------
     supplemental death and disability benefits for eligible Participants to
     supplement benefits payable under the American Pacific Corporation Defined
     Benefit Pension Plan and to enable the Company to attract and retain
     certain key executives.



                                  Article II
                                  ----------
                                  DEFINITIONS
                                  -----------

Definitions.  As used herein, the following words and phrases have the meanings
- -----------
ascribed to them in Article II unless a different meaning is plainly required by
the context.  Some of the words and phrases used in the Plan are not defined in
this Article II, but, for convenience, are defined as they are introduced into
the text.  Words in the masculine gender shall be deemed to include the feminine
gender and words in the feminine gender shall be deemed to include the masculine
gender.  Any headings used herein are included for ease of reference only, and
are not to be construed so as to alter any of the terms of the Plan.

2.1  "Accrued Benefit" as of a specified date with respect to a Participant
      ---------------
     means a monthly benefit equal to (a) minus (b) below (but not less than
     zero) where

   (a) means an annual benefit equal to sixty percent (60%) of Final Average
       Compensation.

       Notwithstanding the above, for the sole Participant who was a Participant
       before the Effective Date of this restated Plan, (a) means an annual
       benefit equal to three percent (3%) of Final Average Compensation
       multiplied by his years of Credited Service (not to exceed 15) plus one
       and one-half percent (1.5%) of Final Average Compensation times his years
       of Credited Service (exceeding 15, but not to exceed 35).

       Except as follows, the benefit described in this subsection (a) shall be
       expressed as a Life Annuity commencing at the Participant's Normal
       Retirement Date.  If the Participant's Annuity Starting Date precedes his
       Normal Retirement Date, such benefit shall be expressed as a Life Annuity
       commencing at his Annuity Starting Date

                              Exhibit 10.5 Page 1
<PAGE>

       and shall be reduced as provided in Section 4.1 of the Plan. If the
       Participant's Annuity Starting Date is later than his Normal Retirement
       Date, such benefit shall be expressed as a Life Annuity commencing at his
       Annuity Starting Date and shall be increased as provided in Section 3.03
       of the Qualified Plan.

   (b) means the vested benefit payable to the Participant under the Qualified
       Plan.  Except as follows, the amount described in this subsection shall
       be expressed as a Life Annuity commencing on the Participant's Normal
       Retirement Date.  If the Participant's Annuity Starting Date precedes his
       Normal Retirement Date, the benefit described in this subsection shall be
       expressed as a Life Annuity commencing at his Annuity Starting Date and
       shall be reduced as provided in Section 3.02 or 4.02 (as applicable) of
       the Qualified Plan.  If the Participant's Annuity Starting Date is later
       than his Normal Retirement Date, such benefit shall be expressed as a
       Life Annuity commencing at his Annuity Starting Date and shall be
       increased as provided in Section 3.03 of the Qualified Plan.

2.2  "Actuarial Equivalent" shall mean a benefit or benefits which are of equal
      --------------------
     value at the date of determination to the benefits for which they are to be
     substituted. Actuarial Equivalence shall be based on the interest and
     mortality tables used to determine actuarial equivalence under Section 1.03
     of the Qualified Plan.

2.3  "Affiliated Group" shall mean the Company and all other entities aggregated
      ----------------
     with the Company under Sections 414(b), (c), (m), or (o) of the Code but
     only in the period during which such other entity is so aggregated with the
     Company.

2.4  "Annuity Starting Date" shall mean the first day of the first period for
      ---------------------
     which an amount is payable as an annuity, or in the case of a benefit not
     payable in the form of an annuity, the first day on which all events have
     occurred which entitle the Participant to such a benefit.

2.5  "Beneficiary" shall have the same meaning as set forth in Section 1.08 of
      -----------
     the Qualified Plan.

2.6  "Board of Directors" shall mean the Board of Directors of American Pacific
      ------------------
     Corporation.

2.7  "Change of Control" shall mean
      -----------------

     (i)    a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into any other
            entity unless after such event at least a majority of the voting
            power of the surviving or resulting entity is beneficially owned by
            persons who beneficially own a majority of the voting power of the
            Company immediately prior to such event, or

     (ii)   the sale of fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting stock of the
            Company, or

     (iii)  any "person" (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of
            the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange
            Act")) is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in
            Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that for
            purposes of this clause, such person shall be deemed to have
            "beneficial ownership" of all shares that any such person has the
            right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or
            only after the passage of time)

                              Exhibit 10.5 Page 2
<PAGE>

            directly or indirectly, of more than 35% of the total voting
            power of the voting stock of the Company, or

   (iv)     the sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Company, or

   (v)      the dissolution of the Company, or

   (vi)     a change in the identity of a majority of the members of the
            Company's board of directors within any twelve-month period, which
            change or changes are not recommended by the incumbent directors
            determined immediately prior to any such change or changes.

2.8  "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.  Reference
      ----
     to a section of the Code shall include that section and any comparable
     section or sections of any future legislation that amends, supplements, or
     supersedes such section.

2.9  "Company" shall mean American Pacific Corporation.
      -------

2.10 "Compensation" shall mean the Participant's total wages and salary.
      ------------
     Bonuses are included in the year earned (even though payment might not
     occur until the following calendar year) and are prorated over the months
     worked during that year. Earnings after Normal Retirement Age are not
     included.

2.11 "Credited Service" shall mean the sum of all "Benefit Service" earned under
      ----------------
     the Qualified Plan determined as set forth in Section 2.05 of the Qualified
     Plan, including full and partial years. A partial year is calculated in
     terms of completed calendar months.

2.12 "Early Retirement Date" shall mean the first day of the month next
      ---------------------
     following the date the participant elects to receive his Retirement Benefit
     under the Plan where such date is after the Participant has both reached
     age fifty-five (55) and completed at least ten (10) years of Vesting
     Service but is prior to the Participant's attainment of his Normal
     Retirement Age.

2.13 "Effective Date" shall mean January 1, 1999.
      --------------

2.14 "Employer" shall mean American Pacific Corporation and any member of the
      --------
     Affiliated Group which adopts this Plan.

2.15 "Final Average Compensation" shall mean the average annualized Compensation
      --------------------------
     earned during the Participant's thirty-six (36) consecutive months of
     employment with the Company that produces the highest average.

2.16 "Hour of Service" shall have the same meaning as set forth in Section
      ---------------
     1.42(d) of the Qualified Plan.

2.17 "Late Retirement Date" shall mean the first day of the month coinciding
      --------------------
     with or next following the date a Participant terminates employment, where
     such date is after his Normal Retirement Date.

                              Exhibit 10.5 Page 3
<PAGE>

2.18 "Life Annuity" shall mean a series of monthly installments which will
      ------------
     continue for the lifetime of the Participant and will cease upon his death.

2.19 "Normal Retirement Date" shall have the same meaning as set forth in
      ----------------------
     Section 1.29 of the Qualified Plan.

2.20 "Participant" shall mean any employee of an Employer who becomes eligible
      -----------
     to participate in the Plan pursuant to Article III and who continues to be
     entitled to any benefits under the Plan.

2.21 "Plan" shall mean the American Pacific Corporation Supplemental Executive
      ----
     Retirement Plan.

2.22 "Plan Year" shall mean the twelve (12) consecutive month period beginning
      ---------
     on January 1 and ending on the next following December 31.

2.23 "Qualified Plan" shall mean the American Pacific Corporation Defined
      --------------
     Benefit Pension Plan. In the event that the Qualified Plan is subsequently
     amended, reference to a Section of the Qualified Plan shall be deemed to
     refer to the operational successor of such Section.

2.24 "Rabbi Trust" shall mean a trust described in Code Section 671, which shall
      -----------
     be established in connection with this Plan.

2.25 "Retirement" shall mean termination of employment with all Employers at a
      ----------
     time when the Participant is eligible for an Early, Normal, Late, or
     Disability Retirement Benefit.

2.26 "Retirement Date" shall mean the Participant's Normal, Early, or Late
      ---------------
     Retirement Date.

2.27 "Spouse" shall mean the person to whom the Participant is legally married
      ------
     on his Annuity Starting Date, or, if earlier on his date of death.

2.28 "Vesting Service" shall have the same meaning as set forth in  Section 2.04
      ---------------
     of the Qualified Plan.


                                  Article III
                                  -----------
                              PLAN PARTICIPATION
                              ------------------

3.1  Eligibility to Participate in the Plan.  Each individual (and only such
     --------------------------------------
     individuals) designated in Appendix A shall be eligible to participate in
     the Plan.

3.2  Participation.  A Participant shall remain a Participant so long as he is
     -------------
     entitled to current or contingent benefits under the Plan, but shall cease
     to be a Participant if he terminates employment with all Employers prior to
     the date he becomes eligible for a vested benefit under Article IV of the
     Plan. If a Participant ceases to be an employee after becoming eligible for
     a vested benefit, he shall continue to be a Participant only with respect
     to his vested Accrued Benefit determined at his termination of employment.
     If he is subsequently reemployed, he shall only accrue an additional
     benefit or earn additional Vesting Service if he is again designated in
     Appendix A. Should a Participant cease to be an employee before

                              Exhibit 10.5 Page 4
<PAGE>

     earning a vested benefit, but later become re-employed by an Employer, he
     shall again become a Participant only if he is again designated in Appendix
     A.

3.3  Select Group of Employees.  The Plan is intended to qualify as a plan
     -------------------------
     maintained by the Employers primarily for the purpose of providing deferred
     compensation for a select group of highly compensated employees, and, as
     such, to be exempt from certain provisions of the Employee Retirement
     Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. If the Company determines based on
     subsequent authority or if an agency or court of competent jurisdiction
     determines that the Plan benefits any person other than a member of the
     select group of highly compensated employees, the participation of each
     employee who is determined not to be included in such group shall be
     terminated immediately and such employee shall cease to accrue any benefit
     under the Plan. Provided, that in the case of a determination by an agency
     or court, the employee's participation shall terminate only after the
     period for appeal of such determination has elapsed. As soon as practicable
     after such determination, each such employee shall receive a single sum
     distribution equal to the Actuarial Equivalent of the benefit he would
     receive at his Normal Retirement Date if his employment terminated on the
     date his participation terminates.


                                  Article IV
                                  ----------
                                   BENEFITS
                                   --------

4.1  Retirement Benefits.  Except as otherwise provided herein, retirement
     -------------------
     benefits will be computed and paid as follows:

     (a) Normal Retirement Benefit shall be equal to the Participant's Accrued
         -------------------------
         Benefit determined at the Participant's Normal Retirement Date and
         commencing on such date.

     (b) Early Retirement Benefit shall be equal to the Participant's Accrued
         ------------------------
         Benefit determined at the Participant's Early Retirement Date and
         commencing on such date, reduced as follows:

         (i)   with respect to the sole Participant who was a Participant prior
               to the Effective Date of this restated Plan, the early Retirement
               benefit shall be reduced five percent (5%) for each year that
               payments begin before age sixty-two (62) (prorated for fractional
               years) and

         (ii)  with respect to all other participants, the Early Retirement
               Benefit shall be reduced as provided in Section 3.02 or 4.02 (as
               applicable) of the Qualified Plan.

     (c) Late Retirement Benefit shall be equal to the Participant's Accrued
         -----------------------
         Benefit (after any applicable increase under Section 2.1 of the Plan)
         determined at the Participant's Late Retirement Date and commencing on
         such date.

     (d) Change of Control Retirement Benefit shall be equal to the
         ------------------------------------
         Participant's Accrued Benefit determined at the Change of Control and
         commencing on the first day of the next month reduced as provided in
         Section 3.02 of the Qualified Plan. If the Change

                              Exhibit 10.5 Page 5
<PAGE>

         of Control occurs before the Participant reaches his Early Retirement
         Date, the Change of Control Retirement Benefit shall be the Actuarial
         Equivalent of the Benefit the Participant could receive under this
         Section if the Change of Control had occurred at his Early Retirement
         Date.

4.2  Termination of Service.  A Participant shall be entitled to his monthly
     ----------------------
     retirement benefit if he terminates before he is eligible to receive a
     Retirement Benefit, provided that the Participant meets the vesting
     requirements of Article V. The Participant's benefit on his termination of
     employment shall be the Participant's vested Accrued Benefit determined at
     the date of termination of employment, commencing as provided in Section
     4.5.

4.3  Form of Retirement Benefit.  Except as provided below, the Accrued Benefit
     --------------------------
     under Section 4.1 or 4.2 of this Plan shall be paid in the form elected by
     the Participant for payment of his benefit under the Qualified Plan.
     Benefits payable under this section other than as a Life Annuity shall be
     the Actuarial Equivalent of the benefit payable in the form of a Life
     Annuity. However, for the sole Participant who was a Participant prior to
     the Effective Date of this restated Plan, the Accrued Benefit under Section
     4.1 of this Plan shall be paid in the form of an annuity for the life of
     the Participant.

     Notwithstanding the above, a Participant who separates from service or
     retires with a vested Accrued Benefit shall be paid the Actuarial
     Equivalent of such benefit in a single sum if such Actuarial Equivalent
     does not exceed $5,000. If the Participant subsequently resumes
     participation in the Plan, such Participant's benefit at his later date of
     termination shall be reduced by his prior Accrued Benefit determined as of
     the date of his previous retirement or termination.

     Upon a Change of Control, each Participant or Beneficiary will have the
     option to receive a single sum distribution, in the form of either cash or
     an Actuarially Equivalent annuity with an acceptable third party, in an
     amount equal to the benefits determined under Section 4.1(d). Upon a Change
     of Control, the Trustee will provide written notice to each Participant or
     Beneficiary of his or her rights under such option. Such option will expire
     one year following a Change in Control.

4.4  Death Benefit.  If death occurs before the Participant's Annuity Starting
     -------------
     Date but after having satisfied the requirements for vested benefit under
     Section 5.1 of this Plan, and the Participant has a surviving spouse, a
     monthly benefit for life equal to 50% of the vested benefit the Participant
     would have received had he retired immediately before his death, without
     any reduction for early payment, shall be paid to the surviving spouse. If
     the surviving spouse is more than five (5) years younger than the
     Participant, benefits will be reduced two percent (2%) for each full year
     that the age difference exceeds five (5) years.

4.5  Time of Payment.  Payment of a Participant's benefit under this Plan shall
     ---------------
     commence on the same day that the Participant's (or his Beneficiary's)
     benefit commences under the Qualified Plan.

4.6  Reemployment Following Retirement or Termination of Employment.  If a
     --------------------------------------------------------------
     Participant begins to receive a benefit following termination of employment
     or retirement and is subsequently reemployed on a full-time basis by the
     Employer, benefit payments shall cease during the period of reemployment.
     If a Participant begins to receive a benefit

                             Exhibit 10.5 Page  6
<PAGE>

     following retirement pursuant to Section 4.1 or 4.2, and is subsequently
     reemployed by the Employer on a part-time basis, as defined by personnel
     practices as uniformly and consistently applied, he shall continue
     receiving benefit payments. Upon the resumption of employment with the
     Employer, benefits shall continue to accrue in accordance with the terms of
     the Plan but only if the Participant is again designated in Appendix A.
     Future benefits paid to such Participant shall be adjusted on an Actuarial
     Equivalent basis to reflect the value of any benefits previously paid.


                                   Article V
                                   ---------
                                    VESTING
                                    -------

5.1  Vesting.  A Participant shall be vested in his Accrued Benefit in
     -------
     accordance with the schedule below that provides the lower Vested
     Percentage.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               Schedule A                           Schedule B
               ----------                           ----------
             Vesting Service
  Service    Vested Percentage         Vested Percentage      Age + Vesting
  <S>        <C>                       <C>                    <C>
        5                 50%                     50                 50%
        6                 60%                     51                 60%
        7                 70%                     52                 70%
        8                 80%                     53                 80%
        9                 90%                     54                 90%
       10                100%                     55                100%
</TABLE>

     In addition, following a Change of Control, Vesting Service will include
     years and partial years, if any, required to be credited in the event of a
     Change of Control pursuant to the terms of any employment agreement between
     the Company and the Participants.


                                  Article VI
                                  ----------
                              PLAN ADMINISTRATION
                              -------------------

6.1  Administration of the Plan.  The Plan shall be administered by a Plan
     --------------------------
     Administrator, which shall be appointed by the Board of Directors, subject,
     however, to any action taken by the Board of Directors in respect to the
     Plan. The Plan Administrator shall be responsible for the administration of
     the Plan and shall have all of the powers and duties allocated to the Plan
     Administrator set forth in Article VII of the Qualified Plan including,
     without limitation, the discretionary power to determine eligibility for
     participation in the Plan and to construe the terms of the Plan. The Plan
     Administrator shall file with the Department of Labor and distribute to the
     Participants any reports and other information required by applicable law
     and shall be entitled to rely conclusively upon all tables, valuations,
     certificates, opinions and reports furnished by any actuary, accountant,
     controller, counsel or other person employed or engaged by it with respect
     to the Plan.


                                  Article VII
                                  -----------
                           AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
                           -------------------------

                              Exhibit 10.5 Page 7
<PAGE>

7.1  Amendment and Termination of the Plan.  The Board of Directors may amend or
     -------------------------------------
     terminate the Plan at any time. However, no such amendment or termination
     shall deprive any Participant or Beneficiary of any portion of any
     Retirement or Death Benefit which has become vested prior to the effective
     date of such amendment or termination or which would be payable if the
     Participant terminated for any reason, including death, on such effective
     date.


                                  Article VIII
                                  ------------
                               GENERAL PROVISIONS
                               ------------------

8.1  Nature of Company's Obligation.  Benefits under this Plan shall be paid
     ------------------------------
     solely from the general assets of the Company. The Company's obligation
     under this Plan shall be limited to an unfunded and unsecured promise to
     pay. The rights of a Participant and his or her spouse or Beneficiary with
     respect to benefits under this Plan are the same of those of an unsecured
     creditor of the Company, and neither the Participant nor his or her spouse
     or Beneficiary shall have a secured interest in any assets that may be
     designated by the Company to pay such benefits.

8.2  Rabbi Trust.  The Company shall establish a trust described in Code Section
     -----------
     671 with respect to which the Company is the grantor (the "Rabbi Trust") to
     hold assets in connection with this Plan. However, the Company shall not be
     obligated (except as otherwise provided below) to make contributions to the
     Rabbi Trust or otherwise fund its financial obligations under the Plan.

     Upon a Change of Control, the Company shall, as soon as possible, but in no
     event longer than 30 days following the Change of Control, as defined
     herein, make an irrevocable contribution to the Trust in an amount that is
     sufficient to pay each Plan Participant or Beneficiary the benefits to
     which Plan Participants or Beneficiaries would be entitled pursuant to the
     terms of the Plan as of the date on which the Change of Control occurred.

8.3  Nonalienation of Benefits under this Plan.  Except for claims of
     -----------------------------------------
     indebtedness owing to an Employer, the interests of Participants and their
     Beneficiaries are not subject to claims, indebtedness, attachment,
     execution, garnishment, or other legal or equitable process and such
     interests may not be voluntarily or involuntarily sold, transferred or
     assigned. Any attempt by a Participant or his Beneficiary or any other
     person to sell, transfer, alienate, assign, pledge, anticipate, encumber,
     charge, or otherwise dispose of any right to benefits payable hereunder
     shall be void. The restrictions set out in the preceding subsection shall
     not apply to an order determined to be qualified domestic relations order
     as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code.

8.4  Plan not a Contract of Employment.  This Plan shall not be deemed to
     ---------------------------------
     constitute a contract between any Employer and any Participant or to be a
     consideration or an inducement for the employment of any Participant or
     Employee. Nothing contained in this Plan shall be deemed to give any
     Participant or Employee the right to be retained in the service of any
     Employer or to interfere with the right of any Employer to discharge any
     Participant or employee at any time regardless of the effect which such
     discharge shall have upon such individual as a Participant in the Plan.

                              Exhibit 10.5 Page 8
<PAGE>

8.5  Required Notification to Plan Administrator.  Each Participant entitled to
     -------------------------------------------
     benefits hereunder shall file with the Plan Administrator from time to time
     in writing his post office address and each change of post office address,
     and any check representing payment hereunder and any communication
     addressed to a Participant or a former Participant hereunder at his last
     address filed with the Plan Administrator, or if no such address has been
     filed, then at his last address as indicated on the records of the Company
     shall be binding on such person for all purposes of the Plan, and neither
     the Plan Administrator nor the Company or other payor shall be obliged to
     search for or ascertain the location of any such person. If the Plan
     Administrator for any reason is in doubt as to the address of any
     Participant or former Participant entitled to benefits hereunder or as to
     whether benefit payments are being received by the person entitled thereto,
     it shall, by registered mail addressed to the person concerned at his
     address last known to the Plan Administrator, notify such person that:

          (a)  All unmailed and future retirement income payments shall be
               henceforth withheld until he provides the Plan Administrator with
               evidence of his continued life and his proper mailing address;
               and

          (b)  His right to any retirement income whatsoever shall, at the
               option of the Plan Administrator, be canceled forever, if, at the
               expiration of two (2) years from the date of such mailing, he
               shall not have provided the Plan Administrator with evidence of
               his continued life and his proper mailing address.

8.6  Successors.  The provisions of this Plan shall be binding upon each
     ----------
     Employer, and their successors and assigns and upon each Participant and
     his heirs, spouses, estates, and legal representatives.

8.7  Facility of Payment.  Whenever and as often as any person entitled to
     -------------------
     payments hereunder shall be under a legal disability, or in the sole
     judgment of the Plan Administrator shall otherwise be unable to apply such
     payments to his own best interest and advantage, the Plan Administrator, in
     the exercise of its discretion, may direct all or any portion of such
     payments to be made to any person receiving benefits on behalf of the
     Participant or other Beneficiary under Section 12.02 of the Qualified Plan.

8.8  Required Information to Plan Administrator.  Each Participant will furnish
     ------------------------------------------
     to the Plan Administrator such information as the Plan Administrator
     considers necessary or desirable for purposes of administering the Plan,
     and the provisions of the Plan respecting any payments thereunder are
     conditional upon the Participant's furnishing promptly such true, full and
     complete information as the Plan Administrator may request. Each
     Participant will submit proof of his age to the Plan Administrator at such
     time as required by the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator will, if
     such proof of age is not submitted as required, use as conclusive evidence
     thereof such information as is deemed by it to be reliable, regardless of
     the lack of proof, or the misstatement of the age of persons entitled to
     benefits hereunder, by the Participant or otherwise, will be in such manner
     as the Plan Administrator deems equitable. Any notice or information which,
     according to the terms of the Plan or the rules of the Plan Administrator,
     must be filed with the Plan Administrator, shall be deemed so filed if
     addressed and either delivered in person or mailed to and received by the
     Plan Administrator, in care of the Company at:

                              Exhibit 10.5 Page 9
<PAGE>

                         American Pacific Corporation
                                   Suite 300
                          3770 Howard Hughes Parkway
                             Las Vegas, NV  89109

8.9  Claims Procedure.  In the event that any claim for benefits, which must
     ----------------
     initially be submitted in writing to the Plan Administrator, is denied (in
     whole or in part) hereunder, the claimant shall receive from the Company
     notice in writing, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the
     claimant, setting forth the specific reasons for denial, with specific
     reference to pertinent provisions of this Agreement. Such notice shall be
     provided within 90 days of the Participant's claim for benefits. Any
     disagreements about such interpretations and construction may be appealed
     within 90 days to the Board of Directors. The Board shall respond to such
     appeal within 60 days with a notice in writing fully disclosing its
     decision and the reasons therefore. No member of the Board of Directors
     shall be liable to any person for any action taken hereunder except those
     actions undertaken with lack of good faith.

8.10 Controlling State Law.  To the extent not superseded by the laws of the
     ---------------------
     United States, the Plan will be construed and enforced according to the
     laws of the State of Delaware.

8.11 Severability.  In case any provision of this Plan shall be held illegal or
     ------------
     invalid for any reason, such illegality or invalidity shall not affect the
     remaining provisions of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and
     enforced as if such illegal and invalid provisions had never been set
     forth.

8.12 Adoption of Plan.  Any Employer may adopt this Plan for all or a portion
     ----------------
     of its employees, provided that the Board of Directors of the Company
     approves such participation. The administrative powers and control of the
     Company as provided in the Plan shall not be deemed diminished under the
     Plan by reason of the participation of other companies in the Plan.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, American Pacific Corporation has adopted this plan on this
23 day of November, 1999.
- --       ----------

ATTEST (SEAL):                                    AMERICAN PACIFIC CORPORATION


                                                  By /s/ Linda G. Ferguson
                                                     ------------------------

                             Exhibit 10.5 Page 10
<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX A
                                   ----------


                               PLAN PARTICIPANTS
                               -----------------

Participant                                    Social Security Number
- -----------                                    ----------------------

Fred D. Gibson, Jr.                            ###-##-####
(sole Participant prior to January 1, 1999)

John R. Gibson                                 ###-##-####

David Keys                                     ###-##-####

                             Exhibit 10.5 Page 11

<PAGE>

                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.6



                                TRUST AGREEMENT
                                      FOR
                         AMERICAN PACIFIC CORPORATION
                    SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN

This Agreement made this  23/rd/ day of     November, 1999       , by and
                         ------          ------------------------
between American Pacific Corporation (the "Company") and John R. Gibson and
David N. Keys (collectively the "Trustee").

WHEREAS, the Company has adopted the American Pacific Corporation Supplemental
Executive Retirement Plan;

WHEREAS, the Company has incurred or expects to incur liability under the terms
of such Plan with respect to the individuals participating in such Plan;

WHEREAS, the Company wishes to establish a trust (the "Trust") and, at its
discretion, or pursuant to the terms of the Plan, to contribute to the Trust
assets that shall be held therein, subject to the claims of the Company's
creditors in the event of the Company's Insolvency, as herein defined, until
paid to Plan participants and their beneficiaries in such manner and at such
times as specified in the Plan;

WHEREAS, it is the intention of the parties that this Trust shall constitute an
unfunded arrangement and shall not affect the status of the Plan as an unfunded
plan maintained for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select
group of management or highly-compensated employees for purposes of Title I of
the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974;

WHEREAS, it is the intention of the Company to make contributions to the Trust
to provide itself with a source of funds to assist it in the meeting of its
liabilities under the Plan;

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties do hereby establish the Trust and agree that the
Trust shall be comprised, held and disposed of as follows:

                              Exhibit 10.6 Page 1
<PAGE>

SECTION 1. Establishment of Trust.
           ----------------------

      (a)  The Company hereby deposits with the Trustee in trust
           $ 1.6 million    , which shall become the principal of the Trust to
            ----------------
           be held, administered and disposed of by the Trustee as provided in
           this Trust Agreement.

      (b)  The Trust hereby established shall be irrevocable.

      (c)  The Trust is intended to be a grantor trust, of which the Company is
           the grantor, within the meaning of subpart E, part I, subchapter J,
           chapter 1, subtitle A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
           amended, and shall be construed accordingly.

           (d) The principal of the Trust, and any earnings thereon shall be
           held separate and apart from other funds of the Company and shall be
           used exclusively for the uses and purposes of Plan participants and
           general creditors as herein set forth.  Plan participants and their
           beneficiaries shall have no preferred claim on, or any beneficial
           ownership interest in, any assets of the Trust.  Any rights created
           under the Plan and this Trust Agreement shall be mere unsecured
           contractual rights of Plan participants and their beneficiaries
           against the Company.  Any assets held by the Trust will be subject to
           the claims of the Company's general creditors under federal and state
           law in the event of Insolvency, as defined in Section 3(a) herein.

      (e)  The Company may at any time, or from time to time, make additional
           deposits of cash or other property in trust with the Trustee to
           augment the principal to be held, administered and disposed of by the
           Trustee as provided in this Trust Agreement.  Prior to a Change of
           Control neither the Trustee nor any Plan participant or beneficiary
           shall have any right to compel such additional deposits.

                              Exhibit 10.6 Page 2
<PAGE>

      (f)  Upon a Change of Control, the Company shall, as soon as possible, but
           in no event longer than 30 days following the Change of Control, as
           defined herein, make an irrevocable contribution to the Trust in an
           amount that is sufficient to pay each Plan participant or beneficiary
           the benefits to which Plan participants or their beneficiaries would
           be entitled pursuant to the terms of the Plan as of the date on which
           the Change of Control occurred.

SECTION 2. Payments to the Plan Participants and Their Beneficiaries.
           ---------------------------------------------------------

      (a)  The Company shall deliver to the Trustee a schedule (the "Payment
           Schedule") that indicates the amounts payable in respect of each Plan
           participant (and his or her beneficiaries), provides a formula or
           other instructions acceptable to the Trustee for determining the
           amounts so payable, specifies the form in which such amounts are to
           be paid (as provided for or available under the Plan), and specifies
           the time of commencement for payment of such amounts.  Except as
           otherwise provided herein, the Trustee shall make payments to the
           Plan participants and their beneficiaries in accordance with such
           Payment Schedule.  The Trustee shall make provision for the reporting
           and withholding of any federal, state or local taxes that may be
           required to be withheld with respect to benefits pursuant to the
           terms of the Plan and shall pay amounts withheld to the appropriate
           taxing authorities or determine that such amounts have been reported,
           withheld and paid by the Company.

      (b)  The entitlement of a Plan participant or his or her beneficiaries to
           benefits under a Plan shall be determined by the Company or such
           party as it shall designate under the Plan, and any claim for such
           benefits shall be considered and reviewed under the procedures set
           out in the Plan.

      (c)  The Company may make payment of benefits directly to Plan
           participants or their beneficiaries as they become due under the
           terms of the Plan.  The Company shall notify the Trustee of its
           decision to make payment of benefits directly prior to the time
           amounts are payable to participants or their

                              Exhibit 10.6 Page 3
<PAGE>

           beneficiaries. In addition, if the principal of the Trust, and any
           earnings thereon, are not sufficient to make payments of benefits in
           accordance with the terms of the Plan, the Company shall make the
           balance of each such payment as it falls due. The Trustee shall
           notify the Company where principal and earnings are not sufficient.

SECTION 3. Trustee Responsibility Regarding Payments to Trust Beneficiary When
           -------------------------------------------------------------------
           the Company is Insolvent.
           ------------------------

     (a)   The Trustee shall cease payment of benefits to Plan participants and
           their beneficiaries if the Company is Insolvent.  The Company shall
           be considered "Insolvent" for purposes of this Trust Agreement if (i)
           the Company is unable to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii)
           the Company is subject to a pending proceeding as a debtor under the
           United States Bankruptcy Code.

      (b)  At all times during the continuance of this Trust, as provided in
           Section 1(d) hereof, the principal and income of the Trust shall be
           subject to claims of general creditors of the Company under federal
           and state law as set forth below.

           (1)  The Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officer of the
                Company shall have the duty to inform the Trustee in writing of
                the Company's Insolvency.  If a person claiming to be a creditor
                of the Company alleges in writing to the Trustee that the
                Company has become Insolvent, the Trustee shall determine
                whether the Company is Insolvent and, pending such
                determination, the Trustee shall discontinue payment of benefits
                to Plan participants or their beneficiaries.

           (2)  Unless the Trustee has actual knowledge of the Company's
                Insolvency, or has received notice from the Company or a person
                claiming to be a creditor alleging that the Company is
                Insolvent, the Trustee shall have no duty to inquire whether the
                Company is Insolvent.  The Trustee may in all events rely on
                such evidence concerning the Company's solvency as may be
                furnished to the Trustee and that provides the Trustee with a

                              Exhibit 10.6 Page 4
<PAGE>

                reasonable basis for making a determination concerning the
                Company's solvency.

           (3)  If at any time the Trustee has determined that the Company is
                Insolvent, the Trustee shall discontinue payments to Plan
                participants or their beneficiaries and shall hold the assets of
                the Trust for the benefit of the Company's general creditors.
                Nothing in this Trust Agreement shall in any way diminish any
                rights of Plan participants or their beneficiaries to pursue
                their rights as general creditors of the Company with respect to
                benefits due under a Plan or otherwise.

           (4)  The Trustee shall resume the payment of benefits to Plan
                participants or their beneficiaries in accordance with Section 2
                of this Trust Agreement only after the Trustee has determined
                that the Company is not Insolvent (or is no longer Insolvent).

     (c)  Provided that there are sufficient assets, if the Trustee discontinues
          the payment of benefits from the Trust pursuant to Section 3(b) hereof
          and subsequently resumes such payments, the first payment following
          such discontinuance shall include the aggregate amount of all payments
          due to Plan participants or their beneficiaries under the terms of the
          Plan for the period of such discontinuance, less the aggregate amount
          of any payments made to Plan participants or their beneficiaries by
          the Company in lieu of the payments provided for hereunder during any
          such period of discontinuance.

SECTION 4.  Payments to the Company.
            -----------------------

      Except as provided in Section 3 hereof, after the Trust has become
      irrevocable, the Company shall have no right or power to direct the
      Trustee to return to the Company or to divert to others any of the Trust
      assets before all payment of benefits have been made to Plan participants
      and their beneficiaries pursuant to the terms of the Plan.

SECTION 5.  Investment Authority.
            --------------------

                              Exhibit 10.6 Page 5
<PAGE>

      The Trustee may invest in securities (including stock or rights to acquire
      stock) or obligations issued by the Company.  All rights associated with
      assets of the Trust shall be exercised by the Trustee or the person
      designated by the Trustee, and shall in no event be exercisable by or rest
      with Plan participants.

      The Company shall have the right at anytime, and from time to time in its
      sole discretion, to substitute assets of equal fair market value for any
      asset held by the Trust.  This right is exercisable by the Company in a
      nonfiduciary capacity without the approval or consent of any person in a
      fiduciary capacity.

SECTION 6.  Disposition of Income.
            ---------------------

      During the term of this Trust, all income received by the Trust, net of
      expenses and taxes, shall be accumulated and reinvested.

SECTION 7.  Accounting by Trustee.
            ---------------------

      The Trustee shall keep accurate and detailed records of all investments,
      receipts, disbursements, and all other transactions required to be made,
      including such specific records as shall be agreed upon in writing between
      the Company and the Trustee.  Within 60  days following the close of each
      calendar year and within 60  days after the removal or resignation of the
      Trustee, the Trustee shall deliver to the Company a written account of its
      administration of the Trust during such year or during the period from the
      close of the last preceding year to the date of such removal or
      resignation, setting forth all investments, receipts, disbursements and
      other transactions effected by it, including a description of all
      securities and investments purchased and sold with the cost or net
      proceeds of such purchases or sales (accrued interest paid or receivable
      being shown separately), and showing all cash, securities and other
      property held in the Trust at the end of such year or as of the date of
      such removal or resignation, as the case may be.

SECTION 8.  Responsibility of Trustee.
            -------------------------

                              Exhibit 10.6 Page 6
<PAGE>

      (a)    The Trustee shall act with the care, skill, prudence and diligence
             under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person
             acting in like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in
             the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like
             aims, provided, however, that the Trustee shall incur no liability
             to any person for any action taken pursuant to a direction, request
             or approval given by the Company which is contemplated by, and in
             conformity with, the terms of a Plan or this Trust and is given in
             writing by the Company. In the event of a dispute between the
             Company and a party, the Trustee may apply to a court of competent
             jurisdiction to resolve the dispute.

      (b)    If the Trustee undertakes or defends any litigation arising in
             connection with this Trust, the Company agrees to indemnify the
             Trustee against the Trustee's costs, expenses and liabilities
             (including, without limitation, attorneys' fees and expenses)
             relating thereto and to be primarily liable for such payments. If
             the Company does not pay such costs, expenses and liabilities in a
             reasonably timely manner, the Trustee may obtain payment from the
             Trust.

      (c)    The Trustee may consult with legal counsel (who may also be counsel
             for the Company generally) with respect to any of its duties or
             obligations hereunder.

      (d)    The Trustee may hire agents, accountants, actuaries, investment
             advisors, financial consultants or other professionals to assist it
             in performing any of its duties or obligations hereunder.

      (e)    The Trustee shall have, without exclusion, all powers conferred on
             the Trustees by applicable law, unless expressly provided otherwise
             herein, provided, however, that if an insurance policy is held as
             an asset of the Trust, the Trustee shall have no power to name a
             beneficiary of the policy other than the Trust, to assign the
             policy (as distinct from conversion of the policy to a different
             form) other than to a successor the Trustee, or to loan to any
             person the proceeds of any borrowing against such policy.

                              Exhibit 10.6 Page 7
<PAGE>

      (f)    However, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8(e) above, the
             Trustee may loan to the Company the proceeds of any borrowing
             against an insurance policy held as an asset of the Trust.

      (g)    Notwithstanding any powers granted to the Trustee pursuant to this
             Trust Agreement or to applicable law, the Trustee shall not have
             any power that could give this Trust the objective of carrying on a
             business and dividing the gains therefrom, within the meaning of
             section 301.7701-2 of the Procedure and Administrative Regulations
             promulgated pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code.

SECTION 9.   Compensation and Expenses of Trustee.
             ------------------------------------

     The Company shall pay all administrative and Trustee's fees and expenses.
     If not so paid, the fees and expenses shall be paid from the Trust.

SECTION 10.  Resignation and Removal of Trustee.
             ----------------------------------

      (a)    Prior to a Change of Control, the Trustee may resign at anytime by
             written notice to the Company, which shall be effective 30 days
             after receipt of such notice unless the Company and the Trustee
             agree otherwise. Following a Change of Control, the Trustee may
             resign only after the appointment of a successor Trustee.

      (b)    The Trustee may be removed by the Company on 30 days notice or upon
             shorter notice accepted by the Trustee. The Trustee may not be
             removed by the Company for one year following the Change of Control
             unless such removal is with the consent of a majority of the
             participants and such removal shall be effective only after a
             successor Trustee has been appointed pursuant to Section 11.

      (c)    Upon resignation or removal of  and appointment of a successor
             Trustee, all assets shall subsequently be transferred to the
             successor Trustee.  The transfer

                              Exhibit 10.6 Page 8
<PAGE>

             shall be completed within 90 days after receipt of notice of
             resignation, removal or transfer, unless the Company extends the
             time limit.

SECTION 11.  Appointment of Successor.
             ------------------------

      (a)    If the Trustee resigns (or is removed) prior to a Change of
             Control, the Company shall appoint a third party, such as a bank
             trust department or other party that has been granted corporate
             trustee powers under state law, as a successor to replace the
             Trustee upon resignation or removal. The appointment shall be
             effective when accepted in writing by the new Trustee, who shall
             have all of the rights and powers of the former Trustee, including
             ownership rights in the Trust assets. The former Trustee shall
             execute any instrument necessary or reasonably requested by the
             Company or the successor Trustee to evidence the transfer. If no
             such appointment has been made, the Trustee shall apply to a court
             of competent jurisdiction for appointment of a successor or for
             instructions. All expenses of the Trustee in connection with the
             proceeding shall be allowed as administrative expenses of the
             Trust.

      (b)    If the Trustee resigns (or is removed) coincident with or after a
             Change of Control, the Trustee shall appoint a third party, such as
             a bank trust department or other party that has been granted
             corporate trustee powers under state law, as a successor to replace
             the Trustee upon resignation or removal. The appointment shall be
             effective when accepted in writing by the new Trustee, who shall
             have all of the rights and powers of the former Trustee, including
             ownership rights in the Trust assets. The former Trustee shall
             execute any instrument necessary or reasonably requested by the
             successor Trustee to evidence the transfer. If no such appointment
             has been made, a majority of the participants may apply to a court
             of competent jurisdiction for appointment of a successor or for
             instructions. All expenses of the Trustee in connection with the
             proceeding shall be allowed as administrative expenses of the
             Trust.

                              Exhibit 10.6 Page 9
<PAGE>

      (c)    The successor Trustee need not examine the records and acts of any
             prior Trustee and may retain or dispose of existing Trust assets,
             subject to Section 7 and 8 hereof. The successor Trustee shall not
             be responsible for and the Company shall indemnify and defend the
             successor Trustee from any claim or liability resulting from any
             action or inaction of any prior Trustee or from any other past
             event, or any condition existing at the time it becomes a successor
             Trustee.

SECTION 12.  Amendment or Termination.
             ------------------------

      (a)    This Trust Agreement may be amended by a written instrument
             executed by the Trustee and the Company. Notwithstanding the
             foregoing, no such amendment shall conflict with the terms of the
             Plan or make the Trust revocable.

      (b)    The Trust shall not terminate until the date on which Plan
             participants and their beneficiaries are no longer entitled to
             benefits pursuant to the terms of the Plan. Upon termination of the
             Trust any assets remaining in the Trust shall be returned to the
             Company.

      (c)    Upon written approval of all participants or, in the case of a
             deceased participant, his beneficiaries, entitled to payment of
             benefits pursuant to the terms of a Plan, the Company may terminate
             this Trust prior to the time all benefit payments under the Plan
             have been made. All assets in the Trust at termination shall be
             returned to the Company.

      (d)    This Trust shall not be amended by the Company for one year
             following a Change of Control as defined herein without the written
             consent of a majority of the participants.

SECTION 13.  Miscellaneous.
             --------------

                             Exhibit 10.6 Page 10
<PAGE>

     (a)   Any provision of this Trust Agreement prohibited by law shall be
           ineffective to the extent of any such prohibition, without
           invalidating the remaining provisions hereof.

     (b)   Benefits payable to Plan participants and their beneficiaries under
           this Trust Agreement may not be anticipated, assigned (either at law
           or in equity), alienated, pledged, encumbered or subjected to
           attachment, garnishment, levy, execution or other legal or equitable
           process.

      (c)  This Trust Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance
           with the laws of the State of Delaware, to the extent not superseded
           by Federal law.

      (d)  For the purposes of this Trust, Change of Control shall mean

          (i)   a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into any other
                entity unless after such event at least a majority of the voting
                power of the surviving or resulting entity is beneficially owned
                by persons who beneficially own a majority of the voting power
                of the Company immediately prior to such event, or

          (ii)  the sale of fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting stock of
                the Company, or

          (iii) any "person" (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)
                of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
                "Exchange Act")) is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as
                defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except
                that for purposes of this clause, such person shall be deemed to
                have "beneficial ownership" of all shares that any such person
                has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable
                immediately or only after the passage of time) directly or
                indirectly, of more than 35% of the total voting power of the
                voting stock of the Company, or

                             Exhibit 10.6 Page 11
<PAGE>

          (iv)  the sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Company,
                or

          (v)   the dissolution of the Company, or

          (vi)  a change in the identity of a majority of the members of the
                Company's board of directors within any twelve-month period,
                which change or changes are not recommended by the incumbent
                directors determined immediately prior to any such change or
                changes.

SECTION 14.  Effective Date.
             --------------

      The effective date of this Trust Agreement shall be    January 1, 1999.
                                                          ---------------------

                             Exhibit 10.6 Page 12
<PAGE>

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, American Pacific Corporation and the Trustee have executed
this Agreement as of the date first above written.

                              AMERICAN PACIFIC CORPORATION

                              By:    /s/ Linda G. Ferguson
                                   -------------------------------------
                              Its:  Vice President - Administration

Attest                        (Trustee)

_______________________       By:    /s/ David N. Keys
                                   -------------------

                              By:    /s/ John R. Gibson
                                   --------------------

                             Exhibit 10.6 Page 13

<PAGE>

                                                                      EXHIBIT 21



                        SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     Location of Incorporation     Percent
Subsidiaries of the Registrant          or Organization           Ownership
- ------------------------------       -------------------------    ----------
<S>                                  <C>                          <C>
American Azide Corporation                   Nevada                   100%

American Pacific Corporation                 Nevada                   100%

AMPAC Farms, Inc.                            Nevada                   100%
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                                                                      EXHIBIT 23



INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement No. 333-
53449 on Form S-8, Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement No. 33-52196 on
Form S-3 and Registration Statement No. 333-49883 on Form S-4 of American
Pacific Corporation of our report dated November 19, 1999 appearing in this
Annual Report on Form 10-K of American Pacific Corporation for the year ended
September 30, 1999.


/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Las Vegas, Nevada
December 6, 1999

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>

<ARTICLE> 5
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000

<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          SEP-30-1999
<PERIOD-START>                             OCT-01-1998
<PERIOD-END>                               SEP-30-1999
<CASH>                                          40,434
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                        0
<ALLOWANCES>                                     8,859
<INVENTORY>                                      9,577
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                61,192
<PP&E>                                          26,340
<DEPRECIATION>                                   9,086
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 132,882
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                            8,104
<BONDS>                                         67,000
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                           847
<OTHER-SE>                                      51,357
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   132,882
<SALES>                                         72,834
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                72,834
<CGS>                                           45,834
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                   55,858
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               5,363
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 11,613
<INCOME-TAX>                                         0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                             11,613
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                    174
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                    11,439
<EPS-BASIC>                                       1.41
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     1.39


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission